You are on page 1of 712

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) STRUCTURE

This document must be used for training purposes only

Under no circumstances should this document be used as a reference

It will not be updated.

All rights reserved No part of this manual may be reproduced in any form, by photostat, microfilm, retrieval system, or any other means, without the prior written permission of AIRBUS S.A.S.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE
Structure General (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Doors D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Fuselage D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 A318 Fuselage D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Pylons/Nacelles D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100 Stabilizers D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126 A318 Stabilizers D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160 Windows D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194 Wings D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208 Structure Damage Identification D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .256 Window Damage Identification D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .288 SRM D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298 Window Damage Assessment D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .438 Damage Assessment Example 1 D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .454 Damage Assessment Example 2 D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .518 A318 Damage Assessment Example 3 D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .582 Structure Protections & Awareness D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .654 Damage Assessment Ex. 1 Operational Scenario (3) . . . . . . . . . . . .686 Damage Assessment Ex. 2 Operational Scenario (3) . . . . . . . . . . . .694 A318 Damage Assessment Ex. 3 Operat. Scenario(3) . . . . . . . . . . .702

U3U06191 - U15T1M0

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

May 11, 2006 Page 1

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)


AIRCRAFT MATERIALS METALLIC MATERIALS
The basic A/C structure is made of aluminum alloys with stainless steel and titanium alloys in specific areas.

COMPOSITE MATERIALS
Composite materials are used for primary and secondary structure. Composite materials represent about 15% of the A/C structural weight. Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastic (CFRP) is mainly used for primary structures, whilst Aramid Fiber Reinforced Plastic (AFRP) and Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic (GFRP) are only used for secondary structures.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM01P1000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 2

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM01P1000000001

AIRCRAFT MATERIALS - METALLIC MATERIALS & COMPOSITE MATERIALS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006 Page 3

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)


STRUCTURE PROTECTION AIRCRAFT DRAINAGE
Wings and fuselage have different types of drains. Holes and gaps are meant to be used for a natural drainage of the fluid collection points. Drain holes are drilled before application of pretreatments. Remote drains are used when natural drainage is not possible.

SURFACE PRETREATMENT
The protection of the structure against corrosion is achieved by means of appropriate surface pretreatment of the metallic parts. Aluminum alloys: the primary protection is generally a pure aluminum cladding. The main pretreatment used is the unsealed chromic acid anodizing. Titanium alloys: surface interfaying with aluminum alloy parts are zinc sprayed. The other titanium alloy surfaces are left bare. Titanium fasteners are either sulphuric acid anodized or aluminum coated. Composite materials are left bare.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM01P1000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 4

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM01P1000000001

STRUCTURE PROTECTION - AIRCRAFT DRAINAGE & SURFACE PRETREATMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006 Page 5

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)


STRUCTURE PROTECTION (continued) PAINT SYSTEM
Before the final paint system, all aluminum parts are primed. The paint system used includes polyurethane primers and paint on the external surfaces, and epoxy primers and polyurethane paint on the internal surfaces. Anti-slip paint is the overwing escape zones.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM01P1000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 6

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM01P1000000001

STRUCTURE PROTECTION - PAINT SYSTEM


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006 Page 7

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)


STRUCTURE PROTECTION (continued) NO STEP AREAS
Protective mats are required on the horizontal stabilizer as it is a carbon fiber structure.

JACKING POINTS
Three jacking points are provided, one below each wing outboard of the pylon and one in front of the NLG bay.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM01P1000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 8

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM01P1000000001

STRUCTURE PROTECTION & JACKING POINTS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006 Page 9

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)


A318 STRUCTURE DIFFERENCES
The Main structure differences between the A319/A320/A321 and the A318 are due to the reduced length of the fuselage. There are several general structure changes, laser beam welded structures and the vertical stabilizer fin tip extension.

GENERAL STRUCTURE CHANGES


The main general structure changes are: - on section 17, due to reduced length of the fuselage, the longitudinal beams, the seat rails and the Z-profiles are replaced by new ones. The crossbeams at FRame 52, FR53 and FR54 are removed. New crossbeams are installed between FR55 to FR64, - due to its location in the non-cylindrical part of the fuselage, a new cargo sill box replaces the A319/A320/A321 one's, in section 17, - on section 15, the A319/A320/A321 skin panels have been modified. For weight reduction the A318 skin panels are thinner than the A319/A320/A321 one's, - the aft part of the belly fairing is modified due to an overlap with non-cylindrical part of the fuselage. To avoid interference with cargo compartment door, the A318 belly fairing is two panels shorter than the A319/A320/A321 one's.
U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM01P1000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 10

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM01P1000000001

A318 STRUCTURE DIFFERENCES - GENERAL STRUCTURE CHANGES


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006 Page 11

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)


A318 STRUCTURE DIFFERENCES (continued) VERTICAL STABILIZER
Compared with A319/A320/A321 A/Cs, the A318 vertical stabilizer fin tip is 750 mm (29,5 in.) longer. The new developed tip is completely made of GFRP. There is an additional fin leading edge panel. There is a new spar and a new CFRP adaptor box, between the fin base and the fin tip. The metallic rudder tip is longer by 100 mm in vertical direction. The rudder trailing edge is increased in width by 50 mm.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM01P1000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 12

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM01P1000000001

A318 STRUCTURE DIFFERENCES - VERTICAL STABILIZER


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006 Page 13

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)


A318 STRUCTURE DIFFERENCES (continued) LASER BEAM WELDING
The technology used for the A319/A320/A321 A/Cs is riveted skin/stringer. On the A318, the skin/stringer connections are welded. The new laser beam welded skin panels are installed in: - the sections 13/14, FR24 to FR35, stringers 18 to 32, - the sections 16/17, FR47/54 to FR64, stringers 32 to 41. The skin panels are made thicker where the stringers are welded onto them.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM01P1000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 14

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM01P1000000001

A318 STRUCTURE DIFFERENCES - LASER BEAM WELDING


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006 Page 15

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)


A318 STRUCTURE DIFFERENCES (continued) CARGO DOORS
The A318 forward and aft cargo doors are smaller. The new cargo door width is reduced from 1.82 m (71.5 in) to 1.28 m (50.5 in). The under-floor cargo offers a usable volume of 21.21 m3. There is no containerized cargo system option.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM01P1000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 16

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM01P1000000001

A318 STRUCTURE DIFFERENCES - CARGO DOORS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006 Page 17

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DOORS D/O (3)


GENERAL
The fuselage has: - 4 passenger/crew doors, - 2 or 4, emergency exits depending on the A/C type, - 2 cargo compartment doors, - 1 bulk cargo compartment door (A320 & A321 only), - landing gear bay doors and access doors for servicing and maintenance.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D1000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 18

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D1000000001

GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 19

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DOORS D/O (3)


PASSENGER COMPARTMENT DOORS PASSENGER/CREW DOOR
The aircraft has four type C passenger doors, located on each side of the fuselage at frame (Fr) 16/20 and 66/68. Normal operation of the door is possible from the inside and the outside of the aircraft. Arming of the emergency operation is only possible from inside. The doors are of fail-safe, plug-type construction. The structure is of conventional design, composed of an outer skin, frame segments and beams. Edgemembers built a surrouding frame on which hinge fittings and locking mechanisms are installed. The loads resulting from cabin pressure are transferred by stop fittings located on each side of the door and the frame. All the doors include an evacuation system. The escape slides or slide / rafts are stowed at the lower part of the passenger/crew door.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D1000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 20

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D1000000001

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT DOORS - PASSENGER/CREW DOOR


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 21

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DOORS D/O (3)


PASSENGER COMPARTMENT DOORS (continued) EMERGENCY EXIT DOORS
On A318 and A319 aircraft are two Type III overwing emergency exits installed, one on each side of the fuselage. The A320 aircraft has four Type III overwing emergency exit doors, two on each side of the fuselage. In an emergency, these exits can be opened manually. These emergency exits are of conventional plug type construction and contain a standard size passenger cabin window. The A321 aircraft has four Type "C" emergency exits, one on each side of the fuselage sections 14A and 16A, between Fr 35.1 and 35.3A and between Fr 47.2A and 47.4. The structural design and operation of these plug-type exits is similar to the passenger doors. In an emergency, these exits can be opened manually; they are operated like the passenger doors. These emergency exits are of conventional plug-type construction. A slide (or slide/raft) is installed in a compartment below each door.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D1000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 22

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D1000000001

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT DOORS - EMERGENCY EXIT DOORS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 23

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DOORS D/O (3)


CARGO COMPARTMENT DOORS FWD & AFT CARGO DOORS
Two doors in the lower RH side of the fuselage provide access to the main cargo compartments. These doors are designed to carry loads from differential pressure and circumferential loads of the frames from the fuselage. With this consideration, they are of conventional design and have: - an outer and inner skins, - an internal structure of drop-forged machined circumferential frames. The upper ends of these frames are connected to the hinges for the door, and the lower ends are attachment for the locking hooks. The A318 cargo doors cutout is reduced by 534 mm (one frame pitch).

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D1000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 24

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D1000000001

CARGO COMPARTMENT DOORS - FWD & AFT CARGO DOORS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 25

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DOORS D/O (3)


CARGO COMPARTMENT DOORS (continued) BULK CARGO DOOR (A320 & A321 ONLY)
The bulk cargo compartment, at the rear, has a conventional plug-type door, located between Fr 60 and 62. The door is operated, locked and unlocked manually and can be opened from the outside. It is opened by pushing inward and upward and is locked in the open position onto the ceiling of the compartment. (In this compartment, nets are provided to maintain the clearance for the door opening). The weight of the door is compensated by a torsion bar. The door is connected to the door locking warning system.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D1000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 26

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D1000000001

CARGO COMPARTMENT DOORS - BULK CARGO DOOR (A320 & A321 ONLY)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 27

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DOORS D/O (3)


ACCESS & SERVICE DOORS
The access doors are installed in the aircraft for inspection of the structure and to give access to maintenance. Service doors are installed in the fuselage to give access to the servicing of systems. All access and service doors are opened and closed manually. Access and service doors are illustrated as follows: - Avionics compartment door: there are four avionic compartment doors like the one illustrated. This avionics compartment access door is installed in the lower shell of the fuselage between Fr 3 and Fr 5 in a pressurized area. The door can be opened from the inside or the outside. - APU doors: The APU access doors are installed in the fuselage tail cone in Zone 310. These doors are located in the lower part of the fuselage between Fr 80A and Fr 84A. The doors give you access to the APU for maintenance. There are also access and service doors - not-illustrated: These doors are located in the fuselage and belly fairing for water, waste, external power and maintenance.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D1000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 28

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D1000000001

ACCESS & SERVICE DOORS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 29

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DOORS D/O (3)


LANDING GEAR DOORS NOSE LANDING GEAR (NLG) DOORS
Landing gear doors give protection to the landing gear when the aircraft is in flight. The nose and auxiliary landing gear doors have five parts: - two forward doors, hydraulically actuated, which can be closed with the gear in the extended or retracted position. These doors are made from CFRP (Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastic) sandwich materials with a honeycomb core. They are hinged to the landing gear bay longitudinal edges. - two aft doors, linked to the gear by a rotating rod, which are made from CFRP sandwich materials with an honeycomb core. The purpose of these doors hinged to the landing gear bay rear lateral edge, is to allow the forward doors to be retracted when the gear is extended. - one small door (fixed door) attached to the landing gear leg is made from aluminum alloy.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D1000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 30

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D1000000001

LANDING GEAR DOORS - NOSE LANDING GEAR (NLG) DOORS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 31

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DOORS D/O (3)


LANDING GEAR DOORS (continued) MAIN LANDING GEAR (MLG) DOORS
The main landing gear doors are made from CFRP sandwich materials with a honeycomb core, and have three parts: - a main door, hydraulically actuated, which is hinged to the fuselage keel beam parallel to the aircraft center line and can be closed with the gear in the extended or retracted position, - a fairing attached to the gear leg (fixed fairing door), - a small door hinged to the wing structure in the neighborhood of the upper end of the main leg (hinged fairing door). All doors are part of the fuselage belly fairing and wing lower surface in closed position.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D1000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 32

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D1000000001

LANDING GEAR DOORS - MAIN LANDING GEAR (MLG) DOORS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 33

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FUSELAGE D/O (3)


GENERAL FUSELAGE LAYOUT
The fuselage is divided into five main parts: - the nose forward fuselage (ATA 53-10-00), - the forward fuselage (ATA 53-20-00), - the center fuselage (ATA 53-30-00), - the rear fuselage (ATA 53-40-00), - and the cone/rear fuselage (ATA 53-50-00).

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 34

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

GENERAL - FUSELAGE LAYOUT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 35

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FUSELAGE D/O (3)


GENERAL (continued) FUSELAGE BREAKDOWN
Compared with the A320, the A321 forward fuselage is eight frame bays longer (additional section 14A, extending between frames (Fr) 35 and 35.8). The A321 rear fuselage is five frame bays longer (additional section 16A, extending between Fr 47 and Fr 47.5. Compared with the A320, the A319 forward fuselage (section 13/14) and the rear fuselage (section 16/17) are respectively three frame bays and four frame bays shorter.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 36

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

GENERAL - FUSELAGE BREAKDOWN


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 37

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FUSELAGE D/O (3)


NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The nose forward fuselage includes section 11, between Fr 1 and Fr 12, and section 12, from Fr 12 to Fr 24. The pressurized zone extends from Fr 1 to Fr 24. The unpressurized zones are the radome, forward of Fr 1 and the nose landing gear bay. The structure of the nose forward fuselage has three parts: - the forward upper structure, between Fr 1 and 11, which makes the flight deck, - the aft upper structure, between Fr 12 and 24, which makes the forward part of the passenger cabin, - the lower structure between Fr 1 and 24.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 38

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 39

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FUSELAGE D/O (3)


NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE (continued) FORWARD & AFT UPPER STRUCTURES
The forward upper structure between Fr 1 and Fr 12 includes: - closed frames, - opened frames at level of openings for windshield and side windows, - the forward pressure bulkhead, - the flight deck floor support structure including two lateral boxes, - the skin panels and the windshield frames, The skin panels just above and below the windshield are made of titanium alloy for bird impact requirements. The aft upper structure, between Fr 12 and Fr 24, is the forward passenger compartment and contains: - the forward passenger/crew door between Fr 16 and 20, - conventional assembly of skin, stringers and frames, - the floor support structure.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 40

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE - FORWARD & AFT UPPER STRUCTURES


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 41

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FUSELAGE D/O (3)


NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE (continued) LOWER STRUCTURE
This part of section 11/12 contains the nose landing gear bay, access and service door cutouts. The nose landing gear bay is shaped by three machined panels reinforced by horizontal and vertical extruded sections attached to the corresponding frames. The lower parts of Fr 9 and Fr 20 are the forward and rear limits of the gear bay. The lower fuselage comprises three skin panels. The central panel has an opening for access between Fr 3 and 5 and the opening for the nose landing gear bay between Fr 9 and 20. The right hand side panel has two openings for access, between Fr 12 and 14 and Fr 21 and 23.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 42

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE - LOWER STRUCTURE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 43

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FUSELAGE D/O (3)


FORWARD FUSELAGE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
This area of the fuselage lies between Fr 24 and Fr 35. It contains the front part of the passenger cabin and beneath the cabin floor and the forward cargo compartment. The forward cargo door is on the starboard side. The A321 section 14A extends from Fr 35 to Fr 35.8. Section 14A is of similar construction to section 13/14 but includes the emergency exit cut-outs (one on each side of the fuselage) between Fr 35.1 and Fr 35.2A.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 44

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

FORWARD FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 45

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FUSELAGE D/O (3)


FORWARD FUSELAGE (continued) TYPICAL STRUCTURE
This section is of conventional construction composed primarily of chemically milled skin panels, frames and stringers made in sheet metal. The standard frames have a common Z-shaped section made from formed sheet, which provides a continuous structural member attached to the skin and stringers by sheet metal cleats. The structure of the cabin floor has: - cross beams, - seat tracks, - floor support struts, - floor panels.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 46

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

FORWARD FUSELAGE - TYPICAL STRUCTURE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 47

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FUSELAGE D/O (3)


CENTER FUSELAGE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The fuselage center section (section 15) extends from Fr 35 to Fr 47 for A320, from Fr 35.8 to Fr 47 for A321 and from Fr 35 to Fr 47/51 for A319. The upper section includes part of the passenger compartment. The passenger floor structure is made of longitudinal beams, seat and support tracks, support struts and floor panels. The lower section is non-pressurized and integrates: - the center wing box which extends across the width of the fuselage. The two main frames 36 and 42 are also part of the center wing box, - the main landing gear bay between Fr 42 and Fr 46, - the keel beam which keeps the longitudinal structural continuity of the lower fuselage, - the belly fairing supporting structure, panels and doors.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 48

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

CENTER FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 49

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FUSELAGE D/O (3)


CENTER FUSELAGE (continued) KEEL BEAM
The longitudinal structural continuity of the lower fuselage in this area is maintained by the keel beam. This beam is an aluminum alloy box structure, including skins, stringers and ribs, and provides attachments for the main landing gear doors and door actuators. In its center area, the keel beam side walls are connected to the wing-box aft lower panel.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 50

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

CENTER FUSELAGE - KEEL BEAM


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 51

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FUSELAGE D/O (3)


CENTER FUSELAGE (continued) BELLY FAIRING
The belly fairing includes a substructure made of aluminum alloy frames and webs which are attached to the fuselage via fittings and rods. This substructure supports the panels made of composite materials. The belly fairing also includes the landing gear doors, external access panels and access doors for maintenance.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 52

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

CENTER FUSELAGE - BELLY FAIRING


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 53

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FUSELAGE D/O (3)


REAR FUSELAGE - A319 & A320 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The rear fuselage assembly is a pressurized area, which extends from Fr 47 to Fr 70. The A319 and A320 rear fuselage is divided into two sections (the A321 has an additional section 16A): - section 16/17 between Fr 47 and Fr 64, - section 18 between Fr 64 and Fr 70. Section 16/17 is shorter by four frames than on the A320. The upper part of the fuselage contains the aft section of the passenger cabin and the aft passenger/crew doors located between Fr 66 and Fr 68. The lower part contains the aft cargo compartment. The aft cargo compartment door is installed between Fr 52A and Fr 56 (RH side); the bulk cargo compartment door is installed between Fr 60 and Fr 62 (RH side). The design of section 16/17 is similar to that of forward fuselage sections (typical skin, stringer and frame arrangement). Skin panels of the lower area have support attachment structures for the belly fairing rear part.
U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 54

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

REAR FUSELAGE - A319 & A320 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 55

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FUSELAGE D/O (3)


REAR FUSELAGE - A321 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The A321 rear fuselage assembly is a pressurized area, which extends from Fr 47 to Fr 70. The A321 rear fuselage is divided into three sections: - section 16/17 and 18 which are similar to the A320, - section 16A, The section 16A of the A321 fuselage extends from Fr 47 to Fr 47.5. The section 16A includes the passenger cabin part in the upper section, and beneath the cabin floor, the forward part of the rear cargo compartment. The section 16A is of similar construction to section 16/17 but includes the emergency exit cut-outs (one on each side of the fuselage) between Fr 47.2A and Fr 47.4.The slide/slide-raft is installed in a separate compartment below each door.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 56

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

REAR FUSELAGE - A321 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 57

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FUSELAGE D/O (3)


CONE/REAR FUSELAGE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
This section comprises the un-pressurized part of the rear fuselage extending from Fr 70 to Fr 87. It includes: - the mounting structures for the vertical and horizontal stabilizers, - the rear pressure bulkhead, - a jacking point, - attachment structure for the tail cone, which houses the Auxiliary Power Unit (APU). It is divided into two main sections: - section 19 between Fr 70 and Fr 77, - section 19.1(tail cone) aft of Fr 77. Section 19 is composed of chemically milled skins, riveted stringers and frames. The side skin panels include the horizontal stabilizer cut-out. The lower panel has an access door for this section where a maintenance floor is installed.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 58

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 59

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FUSELAGE D/O (3)


CONE/REAR FUSELAGE (continued) REAR PRESSURE BULKHEAD
The rear pressure bulkhead installed at Fr 70, divides the pressurized rear fuselage from the cone/rear fuselage, which is not pressurized. It is made of a spherical membrane, and four aluminum alloy sheet segments joined together on the inner surface by means of four "I" profile sections. Four additional "I" profile radial stiffeners are also installed.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 60

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - REAR PRESSURE BULKHEAD


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 61

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FUSELAGE D/O (3)


CONE/REAR FUSELAGE (continued) VERTICAL STABILIZER ATTACHMENT FITTINGS
The vertical stabilizer spar box attachment fittings are located at Fr 70, Fr 72 and Fr 74. They have six fail safe yokes, which transmit the vertical stabilizer loads into the fuselage frames via shear bolts. The upper segments frames 70, 72 and 74 are machined from plates while the lower segments are made from sheet metal.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 62

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - VERTICAL STABILIZER ATTACHMENT FITTINGS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 63

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FUSELAGE D/O (3)


CONE/REAR FUSELAGE (continued) THS ATTACHMENT FITTINGS
The fuselage area between Fr 73 and Fr 77 houses the horizontal stabilizer. There is a large cut-out between Fr 73 and Fr 77, which is surrounded by machined beams. A system of diagonal struts is installed on the horizontal plane in the upper and lower areas of the cutout to increase the rigidity of this open section. The machined frame 77 supports the tailplane hinge bearings and the lateral load fittings. They introduce horizontal stabilizer loads into the fuselage structure, via the central bracing structure and the upper and lower bracing structures. Frame 77 also includes four lugs for the attachment of the tail cone unit.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 64

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - THS ATTACHMENT FITTINGS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 65

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FUSELAGE D/O (3)


CONE/REAR FUSELAGE (continued) TAIL CONE
The tail cone unit is located aft of Fr 77 and houses the APU. This section is connected to section 19 by means of four lugs and one spigot.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 66

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - TAIL CONE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 67

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)


GENERAL FUSELAGE LAYOUT
The fuselage is divided into five main parts: the nose forward fuselage (section 11/12), the forward fuselage (section 13/14), the center fuselage (section 15), the rear fuselage (sections 16/17 and 18) and the cone/rear fuselage (section 19/19.1).

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 68

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

GENERAL - FUSELAGE LAYOUT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 69

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)


GENERAL (continued) FRAME/SKIN/STRINGER ASSEMBLY
Standard frames have a common z-shape section made from formed sheet. These frames are continuous structural members attached to the skin and stringers by sheet metal cleats. A panel with laser beam welded stringers has been introduced: - in section 13, between frames (Fr) 24 and 35, from stringer (Stgr) 18LH to Stgr 32LH, - in section 16/17, between Fr 47/54 and 64, from Stgr 32LH to Stgr 41RH.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 70

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

GENERAL - FRAME/SKIN/STRINGER ASSEMBLY


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 71

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)


NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The nose forward fuselage has section 11, from Fr 1 to Fr 12 and section 12, from Fr 12 to Fr 24. The pressurized area extends from Fr 1 to Fr 24. The unpressurized areas are the radome, forward of Fr 1, and the nose landing gear bay.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 72

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 73

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)


NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE (continued) UPPER STRUCTURE
The upper structure between Fr 1 and Fr 12 has closed frames and opened frames at level of openings for: - the windshield and side windows, - the forward pressure bulkhead, - the flight deck floor support structure, - skin panels and windshield frames. The upper structure between Fr 12 and Fr 24 makes the forward passenger compartment and contains the two forward passenger/crew doors.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 74

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE - UPPER STRUCTURE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 75

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)


NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE (continued) LOWER STRUCTURE
This part of section 11/12 contains the nose landing gear bay, access and service door cutouts. The nose landing gear bay is made of machined flat panels stabilized laterally and longitudinally by struts. The struts are attached respectively to frames and flight deck crossbeams.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 76

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE - LOWER STRUCTURE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 77

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)


FORWARD FUSELAGE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
This region of the fuselage lies between Fr 24 and 35. It contains the front part of the passenger cabin and, beneath the cabin floor, the forward cargo compartment. The forward cargo door is located between Fr 24A and 28 on the RH side of the fuselage

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 78

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

FORWARD FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 79

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)


FORWARD FUSELAGE (continued) TYPICAL STRUCTURE
This section is of conventional construction, having chemically milled skin panels, frames and stringers made from sheet metal. The standard frames have a common Z-shaped section made from formed sheet. They are continuous structural members attached to the skin and stringers by sheet metal cleats. A skin panel with laser beam welded stringer is installed between Fr 24A and 35, and between Stgr 18LH and 32LH.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 80

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

FORWARD FUSELAGE - TYPICAL STRUCTURE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 81

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)


CENTER FUSELAGE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The fuselage center section extends from Fr 35 to Fr 47/54, and integrates the center wing box. The upper section contains a part of the passenger compartment, with two overwing emergency exit door cutouts. The pressure boundary is delimited by the forward bulkhead at Fr 35, the upper skin panel of the center wing box prolonged by a pressure diaphragm up to frame 46 and ending by an inclined pressure bulkhead. Beneath the cabin floor are the air conditioning, hydraulic and main landing gears, in conjunction with a belly fairing.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 82

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

CENTER FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 83

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)


CENTER FUSELAGE (continued) KEEL BEAM
In this area, the longitudinal structural continuity of the lower fuselage is maintained by a keel beam located between Fr 35.8 and 46. The keel beam transmits the overall fuselage vertical bending loads. This beam is a box structure having attachments for the main landing gear doors and door actuators. In its center region, the keel beam side walls are connected to the bottom skin panels of the center wing box.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 84

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

CENTER FUSELAGE - KEEL BEAM


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 85

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)


CENTER FUSELAGE (continued) BELLY FAIRING
The belly fairing has a substructure made of aluminum alloy frames and webs, attached to the fuselage via fittings and rods. This substructure supports the panels, made of sandwich construction. The belly fairing also incorporates the landing gear doors, external access panels and access doors for maintenance.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 86

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

CENTER FUSELAGE - BELLY FAIRING


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 87

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)


REAR FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The rear fuselage assembly is a pressurized area, which extends from Fr 47/54 to Fr 70. It is divided into two sections: - section 16/17 between Fr 47/54 and 64, - section 18 between Fr 64 and 70. The design of section 16/17 is similar to that of forward fuselage sections. Skin panels of the lower region have support attachment structures for the belly fairing rear part. The aft cargo door cutout is located between Fr 57A and 60 on the RH side of the fuselage. Aft passenger door cutouts are located between Fr 66 and 68.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 88

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

REAR FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 89

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)


CONE/REAR FUSELAGE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
This section is the unpressurized part of the rear fuselage, aft of Fr 70. It has the mounting structure for vertical and horizontal stabilizers and houses the Auxiliary Power Unit (APU). It is divided into two main sections: - section 19 between Fr 70 and 77, - section 19.1 (tail cone) aft of Fr 77. Section 19 has chemically milled skins, riveted stringers and frames. Side skin panels have the horizontal stabilizer cutout. The lower panel has a door, which gives access to this section where a maintenance floor is installed.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 90

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 91

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)


CONE/REAR FUSELAGE (continued) REAR PRESSURE BULKHEAD
The Fr 70 supports the rear pressure bulkhead, designed as a pressure diaphragm. It is made of aluminum alloy. The bulkhead is attached to the inside of the fuselage with a connecting strap, made of aluminum alloy.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 92

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - REAR PRESSURE BULKHEAD


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 93

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)


CONE/REAR FUSELAGE (continued) VERTICAL STABILIZER ATTACHMENT FITTINGS
The vertical stabilizer spar box attachment fittings are three pairs of fail safe yokes, made from forging aluminum alloy. They transmit the fin loads into the fuselage and are located at Fr 70, 72 and 74. At those locations, the upper frame segments are made of integrally machined plates.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 94

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - VERTICAL STABILIZER ATTACHMENT FITTINGS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 95

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)


CONE/REAR FUSELAGE (continued) THS ATTACHMENT FITTINGS
To house the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS), there is a large cutout in the fuselage between Fr 74 and 77. Frame 77 is made of integrally machined plates and carries the THS bearing loads with the vertical link fittings. The side loads are carried through an eye bolt, linked to: - the side load fitting on the rear spar of the THS, - and oblique struts attached to the lower and upper areas of Fr 77.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 96

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - THS ATTACHMENT FITTINGS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 97

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)


CONE/REAR FUSELAGE (continued) TAIL CONE
The tail cone unit is located aft of Fr 77 and houses the Auxiliary Power Unit (APU). This section is connected to section 19 by means of four lugs and one spigot.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 98

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - TAIL CONE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 99

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)


GENERAL
The function of the engine pylons installed under each wing is: - to support the engine, - to transmit the engine thrust to the aircraft, - to enable the routing and attachment of all the systems connected with the engine (electrical wiring, hydraulic, bleed air and fuel lines). The nacelle gives the engine an aerodynamic shape and supports the thrust reverser system. Information concerning structure of the nacelle can be found within the nacelle manufacturer documentation.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 100

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 101

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)


PYLONS - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The pylon has: - a primary structure attached to the wing and supporting the engine, - a secondary structure, essentially fairings, housing most of the systems.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 102

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

PYLONS - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 103

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)


PYLONS PRIMARY STRUCTURE - PYLON BOX GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The pylon box is the primary structure. It supports the engine by two points and is attached to the wing at three points.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 104

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

PYLONS PRIMARY STRUCTURE - PYLON BOX - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 105

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)


PYLONS PRIMARY STRUCTURE - PYLON BOX (continued) MAIN ASSEMBLY
The pylon box is composed of ribs, two upper spars and one lower spar, and panels mainly made from steel and titanium alloys.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 106

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

PYLONS PRIMARY STRUCTURE - PYLON BOX - MAIN ASSEMBLY


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 107

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)


PYLONS PRIMARY STRUCTURE - PYLON BOX (continued) PYLON TO WING ATTACHMENT
The forward pylon to wing attach fitting has a double lugged fork attachments connected to the wing fitting by means of four shackles. This fitting located at Rib 4 is made of titanium alloy and carries vertical loads. The aft pylon to wing attach fitting has a single fail safe lug connected to the wing fitting by means of two shackles. This fitting located at Rib 10 is made of titanium alloy and carries vertical and side loads. Immediately behind the forward attach fitting a spherical bearing transmits the thrust to a spigot bolted to the bottom wing skin panel.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 108

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

PYLONS PRIMARY STRUCTURE - PYLON BOX - PYLON TO WING ATTACHMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 109

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)


PYLONS PRIMARY STRUCTURE - PYLON BOX (continued) PYLON TO ENGINE ATTACHMENT
At The forward engine to pylon attach fitting there is a pyramid attached to the rib and made of steel alloy. This fitting transmits the engine thrust, side loads and vertical loads. At The aft engine to pylon attach fitting there is an engine mount located at Rib 3 for CFM 56-5 engine configuration or at Rib 4 for IAE V2500 engine configuration. This fitting reacts to vertical loads, side loads and roll movement.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 110

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

PYLONS PRIMARY STRUCTURE - PYLON BOX - PYLON TO ENGINE ATTACHMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 111

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)


PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The secondary structure is composed of: - the forward fairing, - the pylon to wing center fillets, - the aft fairing, - the lower fairing.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 112

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 113

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)


PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE (continued) FORWARD FAIRING
The forward fairing can be divided into two sections; the cantilever structure between Rib 01 and Rib 05, and the structure between Rib 05 and Rib 9. The cantilever structure gives an aerodynamic contour between the engine nose cowl and the pylon box structure. It routes all systems and the bleed air from the engine to the fuselage. The structure between Rib 05 and Rib 9 gives an aerodynamic contour between the cantilever structure and the wing leading edge, and enables the routing of various system lines and electrical wiring. It includes in particular two pressure relief doors (made from titanium), which are designed to open in case of hot bleed air duct bursting. The structure is mainly made of stainless steel alloy.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 114

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE - FORWARD FAIRING


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 115

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)


PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE (continued) PYLON TO WING CENTER FILLETS
The pylon to wing center fillets give an aerodynamic contour between the pylon box and the wing bottom skin panel. The pylon-to-wing center fillets are made of aluminum alloy ribs. These ribs support the panels made of hybrid Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastic (CFRP)/Aramid Fiber Reinforced Plastic (AFRP) sandwich construction.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 116

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE - PYLON TO WING CENTER FILLETS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 117

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)


PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE (continued) AFT FAIRING
The aft fairing is a removable secondary structure composed of two parts: - a fixed fairing located at the rear of the pylon box, - a movable fairing underneath the flap. The fixed fairing is attached by two points to the pylon box at Rib 10 and by one point to the wing box at the false rear spar. The fixed fairing is assembled of ribs and skin panels made of aluminum alloy, and includes a lower aft fairing made in AFRP sandwich construction. The movable fairing is hinged at Rib 14 and linked to the flap by a rod attached to the fairing by a serrated plate system. The internal structure of the movable fairing is mainly made of aluminum alloy. The side panels are made in CFRP or AFRP sandwich construction.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 118

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE - AFT FAIRING


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 119

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)


PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE (continued) LOWER FAIRING
A fairing located under the pylon box (lower fairing) makes sure there is a continuity of the aerodynamic profile between the pylon box and the engine nozzle. Its function is: - to supply thermal protection to the pylon from the engine exhaust gases, - to smooth out protrusions with minimal aerodynamic drag changes. The lower fairing is made of stainless steel alloy sheet except for the bottom removable sole which is made of inconel 625 alloy.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 120

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE - LOWER FAIRING


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 121

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)


PYLON TO NACELLE JUNCTION
The pylon to nacelle junction has: - Fan cowl door attachments. The hinge fittings of the fan cowl doors are located at Rib 01, Rib 03 and Rib 05. They are made of titanium and installed on the forward secondary structure. - Thrust reverser doors attachments The hinge fittings of the thrust reverser doors are located at Rib 1 and Rib 2. They are made of titanium and installed on the primary structure (pylon box). An other hinge (tie-bar) goes through the secondary structure.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 122

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

PYLON TO NACELLE JUNCTION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 123

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)


NACELLES - GENERAL
The nacelle cowling includes the inlet cowl, the fan cowl, the thrust reverser and the exhaust nozzle. There are two types of engine: CFM and IAE. The IAE nacelle is installed with a Common Nozzle Assembly (CNA). The nacelles are under the responsibility of engine manufacturers.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 124

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

NACELLES - GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 125

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS D/O (3)


STABILIZERS - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
Stabilizers are composed of: Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS), elevators, the vertical stabilizer and rudder.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 126

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

STABILIZERS - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 127

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS D/O (3)


TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The THS main structure has: - the spar boxes (Center, Left Hand (LH) and Right Hand (RH) sides), - the leading edge, - the trailing edge, - the attachment fittings. The spar boxes are the primary structure of the horizontal stabilizer and support all the other components.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 128

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 129

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS D/O (3)


TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) (continued) SPAR BOXES
The complete spar box assembly has the LH and RH boxes and the center joint. Each spar box includes top and bottom skin panels, a front spar, a rear spar and thirteen ribs (from Rib 2 thru Rib 14). The LH and RH spar boxes are laminated in Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastic (CFRP). The center joint is made from titanium and connects the LH and RH spar boxes to make one single unit.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 130

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - SPAR BOXES


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 131

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS D/O (3)


TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) (continued) MAIN SUPPORT FITTINGS
A hydromechanical actuator enables the adjustment of the angle of incidence of the THS. The actuator is connected to a dual fitting (front spar fitting) at the forward end of Rib 1, by means of hinge arms. The THS is attached to the cone rear fuselage structure at two pivot points (rear support fittings). They are installed on each side of the THS centerline at Rib 3. All fittings are made of CFRP.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 132

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - MAIN SUPPORT FITTINGS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 133

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS D/O (3)


TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) (continued) ELEVATOR ATTACHMENT FITTINGS
Each rear spar bears six elevator hinge arms and two fittings for the attachment of the elevator servocontrol actuators.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 134

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - ELEVATOR ATTACHMENT FITTINGS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 135

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS D/O (3)


TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) (continued) LEADING EDGE
The leading edge has an aerodynamic shape at the front of the THS. On each side of the THS centerline, the THS leading edge includes: - three leading edge primary ribs, - one inboard leading edge section, - one outboard leading edge section and, - one leading edge intersection. All components are laminated in CFRP. The front part of the inboard and outboard leading edge sections has a stainless steel protection, bonded to the leading edge. The leading edge intersection is fitted to Rib 1 and to the spar box. A rubber strip is fitted to the intersection. It seals the gap between the fuselage skin and the leading edge intersection.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 136

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - LEADING EDGE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 137

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS D/O (3)


TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) (continued) TIP
The tips of the THS are the LH and RH outer fairings. The tips are made of aluminum alloy and include rib and skin panels. The tips are attached to the leading edge rib 25 and to the upper and lower shells of the spar box.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 138

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - TIP


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 139

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS D/O (3)


TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) (continued) TRAILING EDGE
The trailing edge shapes an aerodynamic surface between the THS spar box and the elevator. On each side of the THS centerline, the trailing edge panels are supported by six intermediate ribs, and by the six hinge elevator arm supports. The access panels are laminated in CFRP bonded to a honeycomb core. On each side there are four panel assemblies on the top surface and four access panels on the bottom surface. A rubber seal is installed between the panel assemblies and the access panels along the trailing edges to prevent dirtiness.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 140

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - TRAILING EDGE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 141

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS D/O (3)


ELEVATORS - STRUCTURE LAYOUT
The structure of each elevator includes: - a front spar, - top and bottom skin panels, - four ribs. All components are laminated in CFRP; the top and bottom panels are made in sandwich construction. Rivets attach an aluminum profile to the trailing edge to make the trailing edge stronger. Six hinge fittings attach each elevator to the spar box of the THS. Two fittings attach the servo control units. You can remove the leading edge access panels, the tips and the inboard end caps. Each elevator has three hoisting points and four static dischargers.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 142

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

ELEVATORS - STRUCTURE LAYOUT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 143

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS D/O (3)


VERTICAL STABILIZER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The vertical stabilizer is attached to the top of the rear fuselage. It supports the rudder, which is operated by three servo control units. The High Frequency (HF) antenna and the Very high frequency Omnibearing Range (VOR) antenna are also attached to it. The main components of the vertical stabilizer are: - the spar box, - the leading edge, - the trailing edge, - the tip, - the attach fittings.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 144

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

VERTICAL STABILIZER - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 145

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS D/O (3)


VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued) SPAR BOX - STRUCTURE LAYOUT
The spar box is the primary structural component of the vertical stabilizer. All the other components of the vertical stabilizer are attached to it. The spar box has a front, a center and a rear spar, ribs and two side panels with stiffeners, all laminated in CFRP. Three pairs of main attach fittings made of CFRP attach the spar box to the fuselage.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 146

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

VERTICAL STABILIZER - SPAR BOX - STRUCTURE LAYOUT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 147

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS D/O (3)


VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued) SPAR BOX - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (CONT'D)
The seven rudder hinge arms and the three actuator hinge fittings are made from aluminum alloy and are attached to the spar box rear spar.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 148

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

VERTICAL STABILIZER - SPAR BOX - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 149

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS D/O (3)


VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued) LEADING EDGE
The vertical stabilizer leading edge has three removable sections. They are attached to the forward edge of the spar box side panels and to the leading edge ribs. The lower section gives access to the HF antenna (see ATA 53 fuselage description for the lower section). The three sections give an aerodynamic shape to the front of the vertical stabilizer. The three sections are laminated in Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic (GFRP) bonded to a honeycomb core. A stainless steel cover is bonded to the inner surfaces of the sections and protects them against hail and bird impact damage.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 150

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

VERTICAL STABILIZER - LEADING EDGE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 151

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS D/O (3)


VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued) TIP - STRUCTURE LAYOUT
The vertical stabilizer tip is laminated in GFRP bonded to a honeycomb core. It is attached to the leading edge end rib and the stabilizer spar box. An aluminum lightning strike protection strap is bonded along the top of the tip.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 152

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

VERTICAL STABILIZER - TIP - STRUCTURE LAYOUT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 153

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS D/O (3)


VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued) TRAILING EDGE
The trailing edge is attached to the rear of the vertical stabilizer. It has a basic aluminum alloy supporting structure made of spar sections and profiles, and four access panels on each side. The panels give access to the rudder servo control actuators and the hinge arms. The panels are laminated in CFRP and GFRP bonded to a honeycomb core.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 154

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

VERTICAL STABILIZER - TRAILING EDGE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 155

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS D/O (3)


RUDDER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The rudder is one of the primary flight controls of the aircraft. The components of the rudder are: - the main structure, - the leading edge, - the tip, - the hinge and actuator fittings.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 156

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

RUDDER - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 157

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS D/O (3)


RUDDER (continued) STRUCTURE LAYOUT
The rudder main structure is the primary structural component of the rudder. It is an assembly of two CFRP sandwich panels, CFRP laminates front spar, top and bottom closing ribs. An access panel, installed on the left hand side shell, gives access to the No. 7 rudder hinge fittings. At the other locations, cutouts in the side shells give access to the adjacent hinge fittings. Three actuators and seven rudder hinge fittings are attached to the forward face of the rudder main structure, and rivets attach them to the spar and to the skin panels.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 158

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

RUDDER - STRUCTURE LAYOUT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 159

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)


STABILIZERS GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
Stabilizers are composed of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS), the elevators, the vertical stabilizer and the rudder.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 160

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

STABILIZERS - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 161

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)


TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The THS main structure has the LH and RH side spar boxes, the leading edge, the trailing edge, the THS tip and the attachment fittings. The spar boxes are the primary structure of the horizontal stabilizer and support all the other components.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 162

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 163

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)


TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) (continued) SPAR BOXES
The complete spar box assembly has the LH and RH spar boxes joined together with a center joint to make one single unit. Each spar box includes top and bottom skin panels, a front spar, a rear spar and thirteen ribs (from Rib 2 to Rib 14), all parts being laminated in Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastic (CFRP). The center joint includes a web (Rib 1) made of CFRP and upper and lower fittings made of titanium.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 164

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - SPAR BOXES


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 165

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)


TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) (continued) MAIN SUPPORT FITTINGS
The front spar joint at Rib 1 made of CFRP supports the trim actuator hinge arms. The THS is attached to the cone/rear fuselage at Rib 3. On each spar box side, the attachment fittings include a THS rear support fitting of fail safe design with a lower and upper support fittings, and a side load fitting. All fittings are made of CFRP except the side load fitting made of aluminum alloy.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 166

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - MAIN SUPPORT FITTINGS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 167

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)


TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) (continued) ELEVATOR ATTACHMENT FITTINGS
On each THS box, the rear spar bears: - six hinge arms, made of CFRP, for the attachment of the elevator, - two fittings, made of CFRP, for the attachment of the elevator servo control actuators.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 168

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - ELEVATOR ATTACHMENT FITTINGS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 169

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)


TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) (continued) LEADING EDGE
At the front of the THS, the leading edge gives an aerodynamic shape. On each side of the THS centerline, the THS leading edge includes: three leading edge primary ribs, one inboard leading edge section, one outboard leading edge section and one leading edge intersection. All components are laminated in CFRP. The front part of the inboard and outboard leading edge sections has a stainless steel protection; it is bonded to the leading edge. The leading edge intersection is attached to Rib 1 and to the spar box. A rubber strip is installed at the intersection, it seals the gap between the fuselage skin and the intersection.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 170

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - LEADING EDGE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 171

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)


TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) (continued) TIP
The tips of the THS are the LH and RH outer fairings. The tips are attached to the leading edge Rib 25 and to the top and bottom skin panels of the spar box. The tips are made from aluminum alloy.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 172

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - TIP


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 173

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)


TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) (continued) TRAILING EDGE
The trailing edge has an aerodynamic surface between the THS spar box and the elevator. On each side of the THS centerline, the trailing edge panels are supported by six intermediate ribs, and by seven hinge arm supports. The panels are laminated in CFRP bonded to a honeycomb core. On each side there are four panel assemblies on the top surface and four access panels on the bottom surface. A rubber seal is installed between the panel assemblies and the access panels along the trailing edges to prevent dirtiness.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 174

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - TRAILING EDGE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 175

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)


ELEVATORS STRUCTURE LAYOUT
The structure of each elevator has a front spar, a top and a bottom skin panel and four ribs. All components are laminated in CFRP. Six hinge fittings attach each elevator to the spar box of the THS and two fittings attach the servo control units. You can remove the leading edge access panels, the tips and the inboard end caps. Each elevator has three hoisting points and four static dischargers.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 176

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

ELEVATORS - STRUCTURE LAYOUT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 177

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)


VERTICAL STABILIZER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The vertical stabilizer is attached to the top of the rear fuselage. It supports the rudder, which is operated by three servo control units. The High Frequency (HF) antenna and the Very high frequency Omnibearing Range (VOR) antenna are also attached to it. The main components of the vertical stabilizer are: - the spar box, - the leading edge, - the trailing edge, - the tip, - the attach fittings.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 178

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

VERTICAL STABILIZER - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 179

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)


VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued) STRUCTURE LAYOUT
The spar box is the primary structural component of the vertical stabilizer. All the other components of the vertical stabilizer are attached to it. The spar box has: a front, a center and a rear spar, ribs and side panels with integrated stiffeners, all laminated in CFRP. Three pairs of primary attach fittings made of CFRP attach the spar box to the fuselage.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 180

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

VERTICAL STABILIZER - STRUCTURE LAYOUT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 181

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)


VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued) SPAR BOX - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (CONT'D)
The seven rudder hinge arms and the three actuator hinge fittings are made from aluminum alloy and are attached to the spar box rear spar.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 182

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

VERTICAL STABILIZER - SPAR BOX - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 183

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)


VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued) LEADING EDGE
The vertical stabilizer leading edge has four removable sections. They are attached to the forward edge of the spar box side panels and to the leading edge ribs. The lower section gives access to the High Frequency (HF) antenna. The four sections give an aerodynamic shape to the front of the vertical stabilizer. The four sections are laminated in Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic (GFRP) bonded to a honeycomb core. A protective foil is bonded to the inner surfaces of the sections and protects them against hail and bird impact damage.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 184

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

VERTICAL STABILIZER - LEADING EDGE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 185

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)


VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued) TIP - STRUCTURE LAYOUT
The vertical stabilizer tip is laminated in GFRP bonded to a honeycomb core. It is attached to the leading edge end rib and the stabilizer spar box. An aluminum strap is bonded along the top of the tip for lightning strike protection.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 186

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

VERTICAL STABILIZER - TIP - STRUCTURE LAYOUT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 187

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)


VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued) TRAILING EDGE
The trailing edge is attached to the rear of the vertical stabilizer. It has a basic aluminum alloy supporting structure made of spar sections and profiles and four access panels installed on each side. The panels give access to the rudder hydraulics, the servo controls, the control rods and the hinge arms. The access panels are made of CFRP and GFRP laminations bonded to a honeycomb core.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 188

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

VERTICAL STABILIZER - TRAILING EDGE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 189

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)


RUDDER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The rudder is one of the primary flight controls of the aircraft. The main components of the rudder are: - the main structure, - the leading edge, - the tip, - the hinge fittings and the actuator fittings.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 190

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

RUDDER - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 191

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)


RUDDER (continued) STRUCTURE LAYOUT
The rudder main structure is the primary structural component of the rudder. It has an assembly of two side skin panels, a front spar, a bottom closing rib and a top closing rib. All components of the rudder main structure are laminated in CFRP and are attached to the rudder main structure. Seven rudder hinge fittings and three actuator fittings are installed on the front spar of the rudder (all fittings are made from aluminum alloy). An aluminum profile is installed on the trailing edge of the rudder for lightning strike protection.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 192

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

RUDDER - STRUCTURE LAYOUT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 193

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOWS D/O (3)


GENERAL
The windows are installed in: - the cockpit, - the cabin, - the doors.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D5000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 194

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D5000000001

GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 195

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOWS D/O (3)


COCKPIT WINDOWS GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
There are two types of windows: - the fixed windows, - the sliding windows. The fixed windows are described as follows: There are four fixed windows installed in the cockpit. - two windshields, - two fixed side windows. The left and right windows are symmetrical. These windows are mounted in a frame and can be removed and installed from the exterior. The sliding windows are installed as follows: - on a mobile frame with a mechanism controlled from the cockpit.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D5000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 196

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D5000000001

COCKPIT WINDOWS - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 197

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOWS D/O (3)


COCKPIT WINDOWS (continued) WINSHIELDS STRUCTURE
The windshield panels are made of several layers of different materials depending on the windows supplier (LUCAS-ACT, PPG, SPS), and are interchangeable. They are held by three retainers bolted onto the outer surface of the frame. They are installed with an anti-icing and defogging system.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D5000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 198

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D5000000001

COCKPIT WINDOWS - WINSHIELDS STRUCTURE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 199

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOWS D/O (3)


COCKPIT WINDOWS (continued) FIXED SIDE WINDOWS
The fixed side windows have of two layers of different materials depending on the windows supplier (LUCAS-ACT, PPG, SPS), and are interchangeable. They are held by retainers bolted onto the inner surface of the frame. They are installed with an integral anti - icing and defogging system.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D5000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 200

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D5000000001

COCKPIT WINDOWS - FIXED SIDE WINDOWS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 201

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOWS D/O (3)


COCKPIT WINDOWS (continued) SLIDING WINDOWS
The sliding windows have several layers of different materials depending on the windows supplier (LUCAS-ACT, PPG, SPS), and are interchangeable. Each panel has an anti-icing and defogging system. The sliding windows are installed on a mobile frame, which is controlled from the cockpit, and the crew can use them as emergency exits.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D5000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 202

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D5000000001

COCKPIT WINDOWS - SLIDING WINDOWS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 203

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOWS D/O (3)


CABIN WINDOWS GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The windows are installed in frames and make a smooth surface with the fuselage skin. The cabin windows are installed and removed from the inside of the aircraft. The windows have a circular seal, inner and outer panes made of stretched acrylic resin held together by a retainer ring, and eye bolts. A vent hole in the inner pane lets the cabin pressure maintained in the window.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D5000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 204

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D5000000001

CABIN WINDOWS - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 205

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOWS D/O (3)


DOOR WINDOWS STRUCTURE LAYOUT
The passenger/crew doors and emergency exit doors have a circular window. They are used for inspection and observation in order to check if the cabin is pressurized and the escape slide is armed. The windows have a circular seal, inner and outer panes made of stretched acrylic, held together by a retainer ring. A vent hole in the inner pane lets the cabin pressure maintained in the window.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D5000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 206

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D5000000001

DOOR WINDOWS - STRUCTURE LAYOUT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 207

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


GENERAL
The aircraft wing is in the continuity of the structure going through the fuselage which is divided into three parts: - the center wing box, - the left outer wing and, - the right outer wing.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 208

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 209

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


CENTER WING BOX GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The center wing is installed in the center fuselage between the main frames (Fr) 36 and 42 to make an integral fuel tank. The center wing box structure has: - the front and the rear spars respectively located at Fr 36 and 42, - top and bottom skin panels, - the two main frames 36 and 42, - internal spanwise lattice ribs, - the left rib 1 and the right rib 1. The junction between the center wing box and the outer wings is done at the left hand and right hand sides rib 1. The access for maintenance to the center wing box is done through two triangular openings in the rear spar.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 210

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

CENTER WING BOX - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 211

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


CENTER WING BOX (continued) WING ROOT JOINT
An upper cruciform fitting and a lower triform fitting ensure the junction between the center wing box and the outer wing box. The upper cruciform fitting makes the junction between the center wing box top skin panels, the outer wing box top skin panels, fuselage and Rib 1. The lower triform fitting and a safety butt-strap fitting make the junction between the center wing box bottom skin panels, the outer wing box bottom skin panels and Rib 1.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 212

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

CENTER WING BOX - WING ROOT JOINT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 213

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


OUTER WING GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
Each outer wing has: - a main structure (outer wing box), - a wing tip, - a leading edge and leading edge devices, - a trailing edge and trailing edge devices. The trailing edge control surfaces are: - the inboard flap, - the outboard flap, - the two ailerons, - the six spoilers.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 214

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

OUTER WING - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 215

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


OUTER WING BOX GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The outer wing box tapers from Rib 1 (the wing root) to Rib 27 hold: - the wing spars (front and rear), - the ribs, - the top and bottom skin panels, - the top and bottom stringers, - the wing-root joint.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 216

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

OUTER WING BOX - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 217

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


OUTER WING BOX (continued) SKIN PANELS
The top and the bottom surfaces of the outer wing box are made of skin panels machined from aluminum alloy. There are three panels on each surface. The skin panels are stiffened by stringers machined in aluminum alloy extrusions. The joints between panels are aluminum alloy butt straps.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 218

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

OUTER WING BOX - SKIN PANELS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 219

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


OUTER WING BOX (continued) RIBS & SPARS
Ribs: There are 27 ribs, machined in aluminum alloy, installed in the outer wing box of each outer wing. Each rib is continuous between the front and rear spars. The junction between the center wing box and the outer wing joint is at Rib 1. Rib 1 is the boundary of the lateral section of the center wing box. Ribs 22 and 27 make the other lateral boundaries of the fuel and vent tanks. Spars: The wing spars are machined in aluminum alloy. They give strength to the wing box and they extend from Rib 1 to Rib 27.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 220

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

OUTER WING BOX - RIBS & SPARS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 221

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


OUTER WING BOX (continued) ACCESS HOLES/COVERS
There are twenty-one access covers installed in the bottom skin panels of the outer wing box. All panels close the openings that give access to the outer wing box. There are: - seven non load-carrying access panels between Rib 1 and Rib 13, clamped on the wing skin, - fourteen load-carrying access panels between Rib 14 and Rib 27, bolted through the skin panel.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 222

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

OUTER WING BOX - ACCESS HOLES/COVERS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 223

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


FIXED LEADING EDGE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The fixed Leading Edge (LE) assembly is located forward of the front spar of the wing-box.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 224

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

FIXED LEADING EDGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 225

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


FIXED LEADING EDGE (continued) STRUCTURE LAYOUT (1/2)
The fixed leading edge assembly is made of: - the D-nose assembly, composed of aluminum alloy parts: - the support ribs and riblets (riblets are installed between the wing box front spar and the LE spar), - the sub spar, - the LE skin. - three top surface access panels, - bottom surface access panels, which are made of Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastic (CFRP) sandwich construction and are attached with quick release fasteners.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 226

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

FIXED LEADING EDGE - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (1/2)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 227

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


FIXED LEADING EDGE (continued) STRUCTURE LAYOUT (2/2)
Two pylon ribs are installed on each side of the engine pylon. These ribs hold the pylon shroud panels.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 228

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

FIXED LEADING EDGE - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (2/2)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 229

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


SLATS GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The wing leading edge is fitted of five slats, which make the movable part of the wing leading edge.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 230

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

SLATS - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 231

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


SLATS (continued) STRUCTURE LAYOUT (1/2)
Each slat has: - a front spar or the stringers (girders), - a rear spar, - a girder - ribs, - top and bottom skin panels, - a trailing edge assembly. Slat 1 is supported by 4 tracks, two of them being driven (track 2 and 3). Slats 2 to 5 are supported by two tracks, both being driven.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 232

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

SLATS - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (1/2)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 233

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


SLATS (continued) STRUCTURE LAYOUT (2/2)
When the slats are in retracted position, seals prevent airflow between the slat and the wing. Slats 3 to 5 are de-iced; the hot air comes from the bleed air system and is supplied to these slats through a telescopic duct (not shown) and piccolo tubes installed in the leading edges of the slats.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 234

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

SLATS - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (2/2)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 235

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


FIXED TRAILING EDGE STRUCTURE LAYOUT
The fixed trailing edge is located aft of the wing rear spar. Its structure has: - an overwing panel and an under wing panel, - a shroud box and a fixed shroud, - a false rear spar, - a main landing gear attachment, - structures support for the trailing edge control surfaces, - access panels.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 236

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

FIXED TRAILING EDGE - STRUCTURE LAYOUT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 237

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


FIXED TRAILING EDGE (continued) STRUCTURE LAYOUT (CONT'D)
This page deals with the fixed trailing edge inner structure.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 238

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

FIXED TRAILING EDGE - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 239

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


TRAILING EDGE DEVICES GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The trailing edge devices are: - two flaps, - one aileron, - five spoilers.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 240

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

TRAILING EDGE DEVICES - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 241

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


TRAILING EDGE DEVICES (continued) FLAPS GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
Two flaps are installed on the TE of the outer wing. The inboard flap is installed between Rib 1 and Rib 9 and the outboard flap is installed between Ribs 9 and 20. The flaps are connected to each other through an interconnection strut. In case of a drive station failure, this device carries the loads, which result in such failure.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 242

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

TRAILING EDGE DEVICES - FLAPS GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 243

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


TRAILING EDGE DEVICES (continued) INBOARD FLAP STRUCTURE - A318-A319-A320
The inboard flap is supported and driven by a fuselage track and carriage at track 1 and a wing track carriage at track 2. The inboard flap has: - a leading edge with CFRP skin, - a flap box with: - skin panels and integrated stringers made of CFRP, - track ribs and end ribs, made of aluminum alloy, - other ribs made of aluminum alloy on the A318 and A319, and made of CFRP or aluminum alloy on the A320, - spars made of aluminum alloy on the A318 and A319, and made of CFRP or aluminum alloy on the A320. - a trailing edge made in an aluminum alloy sandwich construction. A rubbing strip (not shown) made of stainless steel is bonded onto the outer surface of the top skin.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 244

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

TRAILING EDGE DEVICES - INBOARD FLAP STRUCTURE - A318-A319-A320


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 245

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


TRAILING EDGE DEVICES (continued) OUTBOARD FLAP STRUCTURE - A318-A319-A320
The outboard flap is supported and driven by two wing tracks and carriages (tracks 3 and 4). The outboard flap has: - a leading edge with CFRP skin, - a flap box with: - skin panels with integrated stringers and spars made of CFRP, - track ribs and end ribs made of aluminum alloy, - other ribs made of CFRP. - a trailing edge of aluminum alloy sandwich construction. A rubbing strip (not shown) made of stainless steel is bonded onto the outer surface of the top skin.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 246

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

TRAILING EDGE DEVICES - OUTBOARD FLAP STRUCTURE - A318-A319-A320


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 247

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


TRAILING EDGE DEVICES (continued) A321 FLAPS STRUCTURE
The A321 flaps are fowler flaps with a tab on the trailing edge. The inboard flap has: - a leading edge and a flap box made of aluminum alloy, - a trailing edge made in an aluminum alloy sandwich construction. The outboard flap has: - a leading edge with CFRP skin, - a flap box with: - skin panels and integrated stringers made of CFRP, - spars made of CFRP, - track end ribs made of aluminum alloy, - other ribs made of CFRP. The tab is made of honeycomb core with a skin made of aluminum sheet metal. The tab is operated by a linkage system.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 248

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

TRAILING EDGE DEVICES - A321 FLAPS STRUCTURE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 249

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


TRAILING EDGE DEVICES (continued) SPOILERS GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
There are five spoilers on the upper surface of the wing trailing edge. Spoiler 1 is connected to the false rear spar, inboard of the kink position. Spoilers 2 thru 5 are connected to the middle and outer sections of the rear spar, outboard of the kink position. A rubbing strip is attached to the trailing edge of spoilers (1 & 2 only). It prevents damage to spoilers when flaps are retracted.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 250

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

TRAILING EDGE DEVICES - SPOILERS GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 251

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


TRAILING EDGE DEVICES (continued) SPOILERS STRUCTURE LAYOUT
Spoilers are a wedge-shaped structure. The top and bottom skins, the sides and the trailing edge profile of the spoilers are made in CFRP sandwich construction. The spoiler hinges fittings and the actuator attachment fittings are made of aluminum alloy.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 252

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

TRAILING EDGE DEVICES - SPOILERS STRUCTURE LAYOUT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 253

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


TRAILING EDGE DEVICES (continued) AILERON STRUCTURE LAYOUT
The aileron is located outboard of the outer flap and is connected to the wing box rear spar between Ribs 22 and 27. It is manufactured using CFRP skin (bonded to a honeycomb core in the center area), spar and ribs. The aileron hinge fittings and the actuator attachment fittings are made of aluminum alloy.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 254

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

TRAILING EDGE DEVICES - AILERON STRUCTURE LAYOUT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 255

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


GENERAL
The types of damage on metallic and composite structures are described in SRM 51-11-00 chapter dealing with damage classification. The table provides, the term, the cause and the description for each type of damage. Damage results from many causes and can be generally categorized into four main groups: - mechanical action, - chemical or electrochemical reaction, - thermal action or cycling, - inherent metallurgical characteristics.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 256

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 257

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE SCRATCH
A scratch is a line of damage of any depth and length in the material, which causes a cross sectional area change. A sharp object is usually the cause.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 258

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - SCRATCH


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 259

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued) CORROSION
Corrosion is the destruction of metal by chemical or electrochemical effect. Refer to SRM 51-22-00 for general information concerning corrosion. The different types of corrosion that can occur on the aircraft are: - pitting corrosion, - filiform corrosion, - intergranular corrosion, - galvanic corrosion. - stress corrosion, - biological corrosion, - fretting corrosion, - exfoliation corrosion.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 260

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - CORROSION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 261

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued) CORROSION (CONT'D)
This page deals with: - pitting corrosion, - filiform corrosion, - intergranular corrosion, - galvanic corrosion.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 262

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - CORROSION (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 263

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued) CORROSION (CONT'D)
This page deals with: - stress corrosion, - biological corrosion, - fretting corrosion, - exfoliation corrosion.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 264

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - CORROSION (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 265

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued) GOUGE
A gouge is a damaged area of any size, which results in a cross sectional area change. It is usually caused by contact with a relatively sharp object, which produces a continuous, sharp or smooth channel like groove in the material.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 266

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - GOUGE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 267

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued) CRACK
A crack is a partial fracture or complete break in the material.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 268

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - CRACK


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 269

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued) DENT
A dent is a damaged area, which is pushed in, with respect to its usual contour. There is no cross sectional area change in the material. The edges of the damaged area are smooth.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 270

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - DENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 271

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued) NICK
A nick is a small decrease of material due to, for example, a knock at the edge of a member or a skin.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 272

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - NICK


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 273

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued) DISTORTION
A distortion is any twisting, bending or permanent strain, which results in misalignment or change of shape. It may be caused by an impact from a foreign object, but is usually the result of a vibration or movement of adjacent attached components. This group includes bending, buckling, deformation, imbalance, misalignment, pinching, and twisting.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 274

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - DISTORTION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 275

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued) ABRASION
An abrasion is a damaged area of any size, which causes change in a cross sectional area because of scuffing, rubbing, scrapping or other surface erosion. It is usually rough and irregular.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 276

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - ABRASION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 277

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued) DEBONDING
Debonding is the separation of material due to an adhesive failure.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 278

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - DEBONDING


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 279

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued) DELAMINATION
A delamination is when a separation of plies occurs in multi-laminate material. The material being hit or when there is a resin failure for any other reason can cause a delamination.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 280

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - DELAMINATION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 281

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued) FRETTING
A fretting is a surface damage at the interface between elements of the joints resulting from very small angular or linear movements. The result of fretting is usually the production of fine black powder staining.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 282

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - FRETTING


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 283

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued) CREASE
A crease is a damaged area, which is pushed in or folded back on itself. The edges of the damaged area are sharp or well specified lines or ridges.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 284

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - CREASE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 285

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued) MARK
A mark is a damaged area of any size where a concentration of scratches, nicks, chips, burrs or gouges etc. is shown. You must consider the damage as an area and not as a serie of individual scratches, gouges, etc.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 286

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - MARK


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 287

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


GENERAL
The windows include the cockpit windows (windshields, sliding windows, and aft fixed windows), the cabin windows and the passenger/crew door windows. Information dealing with different types of damage on windows, is in page block 6xx of the relevant AMM chapters: - AMM 56-11-11 for the windshields, - AMM 56-12-11 for the sliding windows, - AMM 56-11-12 for the aft fixed windows, - AMM 56-21-13 for the cabin windows, - AMM 56-31-00 for the passenger /crew door windows.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D8000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 288

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D8000000001

GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 289

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS RELEVANT ATA CHAPTERS
The types of damage on cockpit windows are mentioned in: - AMM 56-11-11 page block 6xx for windshields, - AMM 56-11-12 page block 6xx for aft fixed windows, - AMM 56-12-11 page block 6xx for sliding windows.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D8000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 290

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D8000000001

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS - RELEVANT ATA CHAPTERS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 291

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS (continued) DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION
The types of damage (illustrated) on cockpit windows are: - Crack: line type defect through the depth of the ply, - delamination: local separation of glass and interlayer, - interlayer microflakes: due to moisture ingress in interlayer, - burning (on windshields only): discoloration of the slip pan due to hot corner effect, - bubbles: appear between the inner face of the outer ply and the interlayer, - burn spot: due to degradation of the heating film element, - discoloration: due to penetration of dust or sealant. The types of damage not illustrated are: - scratch: line type defect in the external surface of the window causing a cross sectional change, - chips: flakes of glass broken from the surface and the edges of the window, - transparency: halos on the surface of the window can make them less transparent, - rain repellent fluid residue on windshields only, - damage on the soft liner on windshields (if supplied by SPS company only).

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D8000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 292

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D8000000001

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS - DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 293

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON CABIN AND PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS RELEVANT ATA CHAPTERS
The cabin and passenger/crew door windows have an inner and an outer pane. The types of damage on cabin door windows are mentioned in AMM 56-21-13 page block 6xx and on passenger/crew door windows in AMM 56-31-00 page block 6xx.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D8000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 294

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D8000000001

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON CABIN AND PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS - RELEVANT ATA CHAPTERS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 295

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON CABIN AND PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS (continued) DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION
The types of damage are: - crazing: small cracks that go in one or all directions, - scratch: type line defect which causes a cross sectional area change, - crack: partial fracture or complete break of the window pane, - orange peel effect: irregular cracks on or under the surface, - chipping: flakes of stretched acrylic broken on the edge of the pane, - delamination: slate like separation of the material, - pitting: impact by hard particles against the surface.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D8000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 296

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D8000000001

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON CABIN AND PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS - DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 297

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


GENERAL
The structure repair manual is a non-customized document. It has been prepared in accordance with Air Transport Association of America (ATA) specification 100. The SRM includes descriptive information as well as specific instructions and data to perform the assessment of structural damage and to perform repairs. The manual content is approved by the French Airworthiness Authority DGAC ("Direction Gnrale de l'Aviation Civile"). For most of the damage/defect discovered on the aircraft structure, the SRM is the first document to be used to assess the damage, to identify the affected structure and to determine the subsequent action or repair to be performed.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 298

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 299

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


MANUAL BREAKDOWN
The SRM is divided into seven main chapters (From ATA 51 to ATA 57) and the SRI (Structure Repair Inspection). The manual also contains an introduction chapter (Chapter 00), and some additional information pages (HIGHLIGHTS, RECORD OF REVISIONS...) located just at the beginning of the manual.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 300

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MANUAL BREAKDOWN
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 301

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


FRONT PAGES GENERAL
The front pages of the manual provides general information related to the manual itself: - revision transmittal sheet, - highlights, - record of revisions approved, - record of temporary revisions, - list of effective temporary revisions.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 302

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

FRONT PAGES - GENERAL


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 303

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


FRONT PAGES (continued) HIGHLIGHTS
The highlights chapter deals with the identification, location of the changes within the SRM from the previous revision. The type of change (page revised, new, deleted) is also presented.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 304

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

FRONT PAGES - HIGHLIGHTS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 305

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


INTRODUCTION GENERAL
The introduction chapter contains all necessary information and explanations to enable a correct use of the manual.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 306

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

INTRODUCTION - GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 307

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


INTRODUCTION (continued) AIRPLANE ALLOCATION LIST
It also contains the airplane allocation list, giving for each MSN (Manufacturer Serial Number), the airplane type, the aircraft rank within the customer version, the customer, the customer abbreviation code and the registration number.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 308

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

INTRODUCTION - AIRPLANE ALLOCATION LIST


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 309

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


INTRODUCTION (continued) WEIGHT VARIANT INFORMATION
This section of the introduction chapter enables the identification of the aircraft weight variant according to the aircraft serie, engine types, aircraft model and the modification associated to the weight variant changes.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 310

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

INTRODUCTION - WEIGHT VARIANT INFORMATION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 311

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


INTRODUCTION (continued) ALPHANUMERICAL INDEX
This document provides a list of all PNs (Part numbers) referenced within the SRM and gives the related ATA chapter, the figure number, the configuration and the item number within the figure. This list is updated at each SRM revision. It provides a quick access to the part, to identify within the manual using the part number as a key.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 312

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

INTRODUCTION - ALPHANUMERICAL INDEX


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 313

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) GENERAL
For permanent repairs with inspection program, inspections are quoted along with the repair. Due to the amount of inspections, these requirements have been transferred in a separate appendix to the SRM: - for more clarity of the SRM, - for better handling of the inspection requirements. The chapter Structural Repair Instructions (SRI) gives all necessary inspection instructions on structural repairs and allowable damage limits, and provides the airlines with information to integrate the additional inspections to their own maintenance program.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 314

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) - GENERAL


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 315

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) (continued) GENERAL (CONT'D)
If an inspection is needed, an Inspection Instruction Reference (IIR) will be specified within the related repair. The operator shall then refer to the SRI chapter to find out all the inspection instructions using the IIR as a key.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 316

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) - GENERAL (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 317

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) (continued) I.I.R. (INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE)
The explanation of the IIR is given at the beginning of the SRI chapter.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 318

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) - I.I.R. (INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 319

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) (continued) SRI CONTENTS
At the beginning of the SRI chapter, a table of contents provides the list of repairs concerned by special inspections requirements.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 320

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) - SRI CONTENTS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 321

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) (continued) SRI CONTENTS (CONT'D)
Within the introduction section of the SRI, the "Inspection Instruction Schemes" table enables the operator to locate the inspection instruction within the SRI (for inspection ref. 53-41-11-2-001-00, instructions are to be found in paragraph 1.A.).

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 322

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) - SRI CONTENTS (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 323

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) (continued) SRI CONTENTS (CONT'D)
Within the concerned paragraph, the inspection instruction are divided into three main parts: - the general information part, which reminds the inspection location, - the inspection information table (A/C concerned, inspection threshold, interval, required inspection methods), - the inspection areas illustrations.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 324

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) - SRI CONTENTS (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 325

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) (continued) SRI CONTENTS (CONT'D)-INSPECTION AREAS ILLUSTRATIONS (IF ANY - E.G. 53-00-11)
The areas to be inspected are defined on the illustration, with the identification of the applicable inspection methods and applicable NTM procedures.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 326

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) - SRI CONTENTS (CONT'D)-INSPECTION AREAS ILLUSTRATIONS (IF ANY - E.G. 53-00-11)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 327

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


MANUAL GENERAL USAGE PROCEDURE
When damage is discovered, the first step is to evaluate, classify and accurately measure it. The SRM chapter 51-11-XX provides useful information to perform this assessment in the best conditions (damage definitions and classification, classification of structures, allowable damage definitions and damage/defect reporting process).

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 328

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MANUAL GENERAL USAGE PROCEDURE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 329

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


MANUAL GENERAL USAGE PROCEDURE (continued) CONT'D
The next step is the full identification of the affected area/structure. This is achieved using the identification page block (pages 01-99) of the related specific chapter/section (52-57). According to the original structure data and the actual damage characteristics, it is then possible to determine whether the damage is within the defined allowable limits or not. This is done using the allowable damage page block (pages 101-199) of the related specific chapter/section. If the damage is within the allowable limits, the subsequent actions are generally a slight rework and a re-protection of the affected area, using the standard procedures of chapter 51.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 330

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MANUAL GENERAL USAGE PROCEDURE - CONT'D


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 331

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


MANUAL GENERAL USAGE PROCEDURE (continued) CONT'D
If the damage is above the limits, you must check whether a repair is available and/or applicable within the repair page block (pages 201-999).

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 332

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MANUAL GENERAL USAGE PROCEDURE - CONT'D


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 333

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


NUMBERING SYSTEM AND PAGE BLOCK ALLOCATION
Each subject, within the SRM, is identified using a three-element numbering system chapter/section and sub-section: - the first element designates the chapter which is assigned by the ATA spec. 100, - the second element designates the section within the chapter. The first digit is assigned by the ATA spec. 100. The second digit is assigned by Airbus S.A.S, - the third element identifies the subsection (subject) within the section and is assigned by Airbus S.A.S. A standard page block allocation is used for all SRM chapters: - pages 1 to 99 for structure identification, - pages 101 to 199 for allowable damage, - pages 201 to 999 for repairs.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 334

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

NUMBERING SYSTEM AND PAGE BLOCK ALLOCATION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 335

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


CHAPTER 51 (STRUCTURE GENERAL)
Information of a general nature or information applicable to more than one chapter, is included in chapter 51. NOTE: Note: the entry point within the SRM is always the specific chapter 52 to 57, depending on the damage location.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 336

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

CHAPTER 51 (STRUCTURE GENERAL)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 337

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


CHAPTER 51 (STRUCTURE GENERAL) (continued) CONTENTS
The table of contents is detailed in the following illustrations.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 338

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

CHAPTER 51 (STRUCTURE GENERAL) - CONTENTS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 339

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


CHAPTER 51 (STRUCTURE GENERAL) (continued) CONTENTS (CONT'D)
Chapter 51 table of contents (2/3).

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 340

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

CHAPTER 51 (STRUCTURE GENERAL) - CONTENTS (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 341

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


CHAPTER 51 (STRUCTURE GENERAL) (continued) CONTENTS (CONT'D)
Chapter 51 table of contents (3/3).

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 342

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

CHAPTER 51 (STRUCTURE GENERAL) - CONTENTS (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 343

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS LAYOUT
Chapters 52 to 57 have the same layout, which conforms to the defined page block allocation system (PB 1 to 99-identification, PB 101 to 199-allowable damage, PB 201 to 999-repairs). In addition, a table of contents and a Service Bulletin (SB) list are provided at the beginning of each chapter. Depending on the chapters, the Modification/Service Bulletin list is to be found either at the chapter level, or main section level.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 344

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS - LAYOUT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 345

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS (continued) SERVICE BULLETIN LIST
Located at the beginning of each chapter, the SB list is a list of all service bulletins referenced within the chapter.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 346

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS - SERVICE BULLETIN LIST


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 347

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS (continued) SERVICE BULLETIN LIST (CONT'D)
The user can refer to this list to get more information regarding a specific service bulletin in terms of: - revision status of the SB, - date of introduction within the SRM, - description.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 348

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS - SERVICE BULLETIN LIST (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 349

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS (continued) MODIFICATION/SERVICE BULLETIN LIST
Located at: - door level for chapter 52, - fuselage section level for chapter 53, - chapter level for chapter 54, - main assembly level for chapter 55, - wing section level for chapter 57, this list is provided to enable the user to determine the effectivity of the modification/SB.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 350

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS - MODIFICATION/SERVICE BULLETIN LIST


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 351

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS (continued) MODIFICATION/SERVICE BULLETIN LIST (CONT'D)
This list provides, for a given modification number, its associated suffix and the aircraft standard, and the effectivity expressed in MSN.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 352

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS - MODIFICATION/SERVICE BULLETIN LIST (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 353

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) EXAMPLE : COMPOSITE STRUCTURES
In the identification pages, the individual parts of the major components are illustrated and listed in tabular form. Each identification topic begins with an introduction page, which includes a general information paragraph. The item number is the key between the illustration and the identification table. For composite structures, the illustration provides identification of individual layers, orientation and materials. A ply (layer) orientation reference is also given.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 354

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - EXAMPLE : COMPOSITE STRUCTURES


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 355

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) (continued) EXAMPLE : METALLIC STRUCTURES
For metallic structure such as fuselage skin panels, the different material thicknesses are provided using letter codes or shaded areas as a key to the thickness tables. The associated identification table provides the additional material, part number modification status information.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 356

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - EXAMPLE : METALLIC STRUCTURES


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 357

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) (continued) IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED
The typical identification table associated with the illustration(s) contains different columns: - ITEM, - NOMENCLATURE, - SPECIFICATION AND/OR SECTION CODE, - THICKNESS IN MM (IN.) AND/OR PARTNUMBER, - IC: INTERCHANGEABILITY, - ACTION OR REPAIR, - STATUS (MOD/PROP) SB/RC (MOD/PROP: Modification/Proposal, RC: Recordable Concession), In addition: the relevant assembly drawings are listed at the end of the table (ASSY DRAWINGS:...........).

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 358

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 359

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) (continued) IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (ITEM COLUMN)
The item number is the link with the associated illustrations. This column also indicates the different evolutions of the same item (with a suffix letter: 1A, 1B,..) compared to the basic version (without suffix). Each evolution is linked to a production modification given in the column ''status (MOD/PROP)''.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 360

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (ITEM COLUMN)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 361

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) (continued) IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (SPECIFICATION/SECTION CODE COLUMN)
This column provides information related to the type of material used (material specification), and when possible/available, the appropriate standards. To get more information regarding the material specifications the user can refer to the SRM chapter 51: - 51-31-00 for metallic materials, - 51-33-00 for non-metallic materials (composite materials). When the appropriate standard is shown, the user can refer to the Airbus S.A.S. Standard Manual(SM).

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 362

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (SPECIFICATION/SECTION CODE COLUMN)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 363

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) (continued) CHAPTER 51-31-00 EXAMPLE
This example shows the way to proceed to find out the material information within the chapter 51-31-00 for metallic structure, starting with the material specification. A first list provides the table to be used (e.g. table 4 for 3.1364T42).

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 364

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - CHAPTER 51-31-00 EXAMPLE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 365

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) (continued) CHAPTER 51-31-00 EXAMPLE (CONT'D)
The material table provides, for a given material specification, the European substitute (if used by the other European manufacturers and the United States substitutes).

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 366

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - CHAPTER 51-31-00 EXAMPLE (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 367

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) (continued) STANDARD MANUAL EXTRACT
The standard manual provides the additional information linked to a given standard number.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 368

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - STANDARD MANUAL EXTRACT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 369

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) (continued) IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (THICKNESS/PART NUMBER COLUMN)
The Part Number (PN) corresponding to the structural component is shown in this column. Within the PN, the first nine characters give the detailed drawing number of the component, which is an entry key to the airbus drawing set. In general the "as drawn" parts are Left Hand (LH) and are provided with an even part number (e.g.: ...202). In the SRM, the identification table always states the LH part number on the first line and the RH part number (when indicated) on the second line.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 370

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (THICKNESS/PART NUMBER COLUMN)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 371

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) (continued) IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (IC COLUMN)
The IC column provides the interchangeability status of the parts: - 01: one way interchangeable (post-mod part to be used to replace pre-mod part), - 02: two ways interchangeable (post-mod or pre-mod parts can be used), - 03: no interchangeability.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 372

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (IC COLUMN)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 373

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) (continued) IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (ACTION OR REPAIR COLUMN)
This column gives indication concerning the action or repair to be performed. For existing general or specific repairs, the chapter/section/sub-section is inserted. For a recommendation to replace the part, the word "REPLACE" is inserted. Where left blank, a case-by-case assessment has to be performed to determine the relevant corrective action (part replacement, repair as per SRM or specific repair as per Airbus SAS definition).

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 374

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (ACTION OR REPAIR COLUMN)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 375

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) (continued) IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (STATUS MOD/PROP SB/RC COLUMN)
Linked with the Item column, the STATUS MOD/PRP, SB/RC column gives the modification or service bulletin driving the different evolutions of a structural component (listed in column Item). A prefix letter is used to identify the status BEFORE ("B" letter) or AFTER ("A" letter) SB or Modification. The suffix letter (A, B, C, D...) indicated at the end of the MOD/PROP (and column "S" of the MOD/SB list) shows the different effectivity within the same MOD/PROP number.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 376

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (STATUS MOD/PROP SB/RC COLUMN)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 377

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) (continued) IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (STATUS MOD/PROP SB/RC COLUMN (CONT'D))
To find the relevant effectivity linked to a modification shown in the STATUS column, the user must refer to the modification/service bulletin list. NOTE: the status before or after modification/SB and the relevant modification solution (suffix letter) should not be forgotten. Within the modification/service bulletin list, the effectivities are expressed in MSN. to find the relationship between the customer version number (e.g.. AFR 01 0016) and the MSN, the user can refer to the airplane allocation list of the introduction chapter of the SRM.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 378

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (STATUS MOD/PROP SB/RC COLUMN (CONT'D))
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 379

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) (continued) IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (STATUS MOD/PROP SB/RC COLUMN (CONT'D))
When the modification is linked to a SB, the SB number is also mentioned, below the modification number. The SB list located at the beginning of the chapter can be used to get more information.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 380

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (STATUS MOD/PROP SB/RC COLUMN (CONT'D))
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 381

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


CONFIGURATIONS GENERAL
When modification or service bulletin are extensive and the preceding method of reflecting effectivity becomes cumbersome, thus distracting from the continuity of subject matter, additional page blocks are established. These additional page blocks are further identified by the introduction of a configuration code (CONFIG-1, CONFIG-2), etc...) following the chapter/section/sub-section. Configuration codes are always in ascending, sequential numerical order, i.e., CONFIG-1, CONFIG-2, CONFIG-3, etc... The first example shown below illustrates the change in the A320 vertical stabilizer spar box design and manufacturing following modification 26500K4924H.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 382

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

CONFIGURATIONS - GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 383

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


CONFIGURATIONS (continued) EXAMPLE
Here is an example of different configurations. The modification of the design and production process of the carbon fiber vertical stabilizer spar box leads to two configurations within the chapter 55. The configuration number is indicated at the bottom of the related pages. On this example, as highlighted, the configuration 1 is applicable before modification 26500K4924H. Configuration 2 is applicable after modification 26500K4924H. It is of the operator duty to select first in which configuration the concerned aircraft is, before going further in the SRM investigation. This is done using the service bulletin/modification list located at the beginning of the chapter or section.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 384

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

CONFIGURATIONS - EXAMPLE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 385

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) GENERAL
The information to be found within allowable damage page block enables the operator to define whether a damaged airplane may be returned into service without repair. An allowable damage permitted has no significant effect on the strength or fatigue life of the structure, which must still be capable of fulfilling its function. Allowable damage may require minimal rework such as cleanup or drilling of stop holes. Basically the allowable page block contains different page types: - general information pages, - damage criteria tables, - paragraph for each type of damage, - damage measurement procedure, - damage localization (zoning) figures, - allowable damage diagram.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 386

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - GENERAL


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 387

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued) ALLOWABLE DAMAGE INFORMATION
After a careful reading of the first information page(s), the first step in the allowable damage determination, consists in the use of the damage criteria table.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 388

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE INFORMATION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 389

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued) DAMAGE CRITERIA TABLE
The damage criteria table enables the operator to determine the relevant paragraph (e.g. 4A) that should be used, depending on the type of damage (e.g.: allowable rework), and the affected structure (e.g. skin plates).

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 390

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - DAMAGE CRITERIA TABLE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 391

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued) ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY
For some allowable damage (e.g. dent allowable damage), the allowable damage effectivity per weight variant must be checked. The table (e.g. table 102) at the beginning of the allowable damage relevant paragraph shall be used. The allowable damage information contained within the related paragraph is justified and applicable for the listed weight variant only. If not, contact Airbus.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 392

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 393

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued) WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION
To define the "as delivered" weight variant of a concerned MSN, the first step is to refer to the airplane allocation list of the introduction chapter, which gives the corresponding type (e.g.: A320-232). Then, refer to the weight variant identification list, also in the introduction chapter.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 394

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 395

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued) WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)
The weight variant identification list gives, for a given aircraft type, the different possible "as delivered" weight variants. The next step will be to determine which one of these possible weight variants is applicable to the concerned MSN.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 396

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 397

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued) WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)
To determine the applicable "as delivered" weight variant, the operator must check which of the associated modification(s) is effective on the concerned MSN. The Aircraft Inspection Report (AIR) can be used for this purpose. Once found, the corresponding weight variant is considered as the weight variant of concerned MSN at delivery.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 398

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 399

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued) WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)
The "as delivered" weight variant may change after delivery, following the embodiment of a service bulletin. It is the operator's responsibility to check the embodiment of referenced SB, in order to determine the relevant weight variant for the affected MSN. The information is given into Table 2 "Service Bulletin/Weight Variant List".

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 400

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 401

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued) WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)
The table 2-"Service Bulletin/Weight Variant List" provides for the related aircraft type (e.g.: A320-232) the different service bulletin applicable. For the given MSN, the operator must check whether one of the possible SB has been embodied or not. If yes, the weight variant of the aircraft becomes the weight variant given by the table.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 402

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 403

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued) WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)
For aircraft which have been subject to weight variant change through a SB embodiment: the weight variant information to be used to identify the effectivity of the given allowable damage (or repair information), is the heaviest weight variant that the subject aircraft has been operated with, since its delivery.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 404

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 405

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued) ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DETERMINATION (CONT'D)
The allowable damage diagram to be used, generally depends on the location of the damage on the concerned structure. Illustrations are used to locate the damage and thus to define the relevant diagram to be used (e.g. refer to diagram 102).

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 406

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DETERMINATION (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 407

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued) ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE
As a last step of the damage investigation, the use of the allowable damage diagrams provides the necessary information concerning the actions to be performed, depending on damage extent.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 408

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 409

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued) ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE (CONT'D)
Provided that no cracks have been detected, this first area of the allowable damage rework diagram defines typical allowable damage without any time limits. The surface protection needs to be restored.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 410

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 411

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued) ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE (CONT'D)
This second area for reworks depth between 10 % and 25 % of the nominal thickness, also defines allowable damage but with a time limit. In this example a repair has to be performed before 3000 flights at the latest. The surface protection has to be restored.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 412

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 413

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued) ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE (CONT'D)
This area is defined for reworks depth between 25 % and 40 % of the nominal thickness. It is still allowable damage, provided that no crack is detected. But a repair has to be performed before 50 flights at the latest.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 414

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 415

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued) ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE (CONT'D)
Stop drill and apply high-speed tape for one flight pressurized or unpressurized only, or do a temporary repair as per 53-00-11 figure 210. Temporary repair has to be replaced by a final repair within 2500 flights.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 416

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 417

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued) ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE (CONT'D)
For damage located in this area, the damage shall be stop drilled before a ferry flight without cabin pressure. Install high-speed tape before the ferry flight. A repair has to be performed.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 418

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 419

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued) ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE (CONT'D)
For damage located in this area, a repair has to be performed immediately or a ferry flight may be allowed upon manufacturer's authorization.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 420

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 421

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) GENERAL
The Repairs Page Block (PB 201), contains necessary information to carry out permissible repairs. Each of the repairs is described with illustrations and procedure instructions, which includes repair applicability data and repair material lists.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 422

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) - GENERAL


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 423

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) (continued) LIST OF AVAILABLE REPAIR SCHEMES
At the beginning of each repair page block, a list of available repair schemes is provided for a quick assess to the repairs. The repairs can be located in the general section of chapter 53 (e.g.: 53-00-11 for standard fuselage skin repairs), or directly covered within the related section when the repair is specific (e.g. paragraph 5A, Fig. 201).

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 424

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) - LIST OF AVAILABLE REPAIR SCHEMES


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 425

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) (continued) REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS
The relevant paragraph of the repair instructions contain information related to: - the applicability of the concerned repair, - general reminders linked to repair principles and rules. Note: an IIR appears within the repair instructions.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 426

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 427

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) (continued) REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (CONT'D)
All the materials (repair materials and consumable materials) are listed within the concerned repair instructions. Consumable materials are call-up using their Consumable Material List (CML) code (e.g. 09-013). For more information on these materials, the user can refer to the SRM chapter 51-35-00 consumable materials and/or the CML document.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 428

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 429

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) (continued) REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (CONT'D)
this SRM chapter(51-35-00) deals with consumable materials.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 430

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 431

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) (continued) REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (CONT'D)
Information concerning the consumable materials can also be found in the CML.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 432

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 433

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) (continued) REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (CONT'D)
The repair instruction lists all the steps of the repair, with references to the standard processes and practices covered within the chapter 51 when required.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 434

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 435

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) (continued) REPAIR ILLUSTRATIONS
Note: an IIR appears within the repairs illustrations.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 436

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) - REPAIR ILLUSTRATIONS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 437

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)


GENERAL
The windows are: - the cockpit windows ( windshields, sliding windows, and aft fixed windows), - the cabin windows and, - the passenger/crew door windows. To find the corrective actions for each type of defect, refer to the page block 6xx of the relevant AMM chapters: - AMM 56-11-11 for the windshields, - AMM 56-12-11 for the sliding windows, - AMM 56-11-12 for the aft fixed windows, - AMM 56-21-13 for the cabin windows, - AMM 56-31-00 for the passenger/crew door windows.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DA000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 438

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DA000000001

GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 439

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)


INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS
Refer to the relevant AMM chapter for each type of cockpit windows.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DA000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 440

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DA000000001

INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 441

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)


INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS (continued) INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON WINDSHIELDS
Refer to AMM 56-11-11 pages block 6xx to get the corrective actions for the following types of defect on windshields: - cracks, - scratches, - chips, - delaminating, - discoloration, - interlayer micro flakes, - bubbles, - burn spot, - transparency, - rain repellent fluid residue, - damage on the soft liner (if supplied by SPS company only).

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DA000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 442

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DA000000001

INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS - INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON WINDSHIELDS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 443

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)


INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS (continued) INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON SLIDING WINDOWS
Refer to AMM 56-12-11 pages block 6xx to get the corrective actions for the following types of defect on sliding windows: - cracks, - scratches, - chips, - delaminating, - bubbles, - discoloration or burning, - interlayer micro flakes, - transparency, - crazing, - burn spots.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DA000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 444

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DA000000001

INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS - INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON SLIDING WINDOWS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 445

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)


INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS (continued) INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON AFT FIXED WINDOWS
Refer to AMM 56-11-12 pages block 6xx to get the corrective actions for the following types of defect on aft fixed windows: - cracks, - scratches, - chips, - delaminating, - bubbles, - discoloration or burning, - transparency, - interlayer micro flakes, - burn spots.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DA000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 446

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DA000000001

INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS - INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON AFT FIXED WINDOWS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 447

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)


INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON CABIN WINDOWS AND PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS
Refer to the relevant AMM for the cabin and passenger/crew door windows.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DA000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 448

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DA000000001

INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON CABIN WINDOWS AND PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 449

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)


INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON CABIN WINDOWS AND PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS (continued) INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON CABIN WINDOWS
Refer to AMM 56-21-13 page block 6xx to get the allowable damages for the following types of defect on cabin windows: - delaminating, - scratches, - pitting, - crazing, - crazing with bulging, - bulging, - orange peel effect, - chipping, - cracks, - vent hole damage.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DA000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 450

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DA000000001

INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON CABIN WINDOWS AND PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS - INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON CABIN WINDOWS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 451

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)


INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON CABIN WINDOWS AND PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS (continued) INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS
Refer to AMM 56-31-00 page block 6xx to get the allowable damage for the following types of defect on passenger/crew door windows: - scratches, - crazing, - bulging, - crazing with bulging, - delaminating.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DA000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 452

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DA000000001

INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON CABIN WINDOWS AND PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS - INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 453

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this example is to present, the complete procedure to be followed when a damage is discovered, from the damage mapping draft to the final structure damage assessment. This example was chosen as it represents one of the more usual types of damage on an A/C and gives an in depth investigation with all the different stages.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 454

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

INTRODUCTION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 455

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGE
The damage is located onto the fuselage skin, thus, all the information regarding the identification of the part, allowable damage and repair, if any, are to be found within the chapter 53 of the SRM. Information concerning the damage classification and reporting are to be found within the SRM chapter 51-11-00. The concerned damage is a dent with no visible crack. At this stage, take visual reference to facilitate damage location. Such as, a forward or aft passenger door, or a cargo door, above or below cabin floor level at stringer (Stgr) 23, close to a longitudinal or circumferential joint, etc...). If the dent is close to a rivet row, an internal visual inspection is required to determine whether the internal structure (frame, stringer, etc...) is also damaged or not.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 456

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 457

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


MAPPING
Using SRM 51-11-13 as a guide, the maximum information should be taken from the aircraft before starting any assessment (measurement and location of the maximum depth, distance of dent edges to nearest fastener rows, existing closest skin joints or any other visible structure that will help in the detailed location of the damage, etc...).

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 458

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAPPING
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 459

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued) CONT'D
Using the data collected from the A/C, the mapping should be completed by determining the exact location (in terms of frame numbers and stringer numbers). For this purpose, refer to the beginning of the chapter 53 (fuselage).

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 460

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAPPING - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 461

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued) CONT'D
The illustration of chapter 53-00-00 enables the operator to determine the circumferential joint related frame numbers.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 462

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAPPING - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 463

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued) CONT'D
Using the frame identification illustration of chapter 53-00-00, and the data collected during the damage mapping, the frames surrounding the damage can be determined. According to the mapping information, the damage is located between the first and the second frame after the circumferential joint located at Fr 24. Consequently, the damage is located between Fr 25 and 26.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 464

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAPPING - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 465

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued) CONT'D
To complete the damage location, the stringers surrounding the damage also need to be determined. For this purpose the "General panel identification" illustrations, proposed within chapter 53-00-00 can be used. According to the data collected on the A//C and the location of the damage from the existing longitudinal skin joints, the affected panel can be determined. For this example the damage is located on panel 7 - lower side shell - located between Stgr 18LH & 32LH, and Fr 24 & 35.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 466

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAPPING - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 467

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued) CONT'D
The information collected can be reported onto the damage mapping. The damage is located between Fr 25 and 26. The stringer number corresponds to the longitudinal skin joint from which the damage has been located. Nevertheless, the exact stringer numbers surrounding the damage need to be confirmed. For this purpose, the information provided in the identification page block of the concerned panel has to be used.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 468

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAPPING - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 469

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION
The "fuselage section division" illustration of chapter 53-00-00 used before enables the definition of the affected section: "Forward fuselage" - section 13/14 - chapter 53-20-00. The general illustration of 53-20-00 identifies the main structural arrangement of the forward fuselage. Skin plates are part of the "MAIN STRUCTURE" covered by section 53-21-00.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 470

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 471

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued) CONT'D
Following SRM 53-21-00 guidelines, the figure shows that the skin panels (skin plates) are item number 1. The illustration associated nomenclature informs us that the full identification of the skin panels (skin plates) are covered by SRM 53-21-11.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 472

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 473

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued) CONT'D
All the skin panels (plates) of the forward fuselage are listed within the nomenclature located at the front page of SRM 53-21-11. Using the information collected before (affected panel: lower side panel left, between Fr 24 & 35 and Stgr 18 & 32), the nomenclature provides the figure number we have to refer to: "Skin plates - LWR parts LH Fr 24 to Fr 35: REFER TO Figure 1".

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 474

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 475

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued) CONT'D
The figure 1 identifies two different panels (view A and C). The view A concerns the skin panel located from Stgr 18LH to 32LH. The view C concerns the skin panel located from Stgr 32LH to 41LH. According to the damage mapping, the view A is concerned. The damage has been located on panel 7 (between Stgr 18LH and 32LH).

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 476

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 477

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued) CONT'D
The view A, identifies all the different items which are part of the panel (e.g. crack stoppers, doublers...), and a view indication identifies the skin itself for more details (View D). The view D identifies the different material thicknesses (letter codes), and all the stringer locations. There are two different panel configurations illustrated, showing the basic version of the panel and an other possible version effective after the embodiment of production modification(s). Modification numbers are indicated at the bottom of the page. The next step of the investigation is to define which of these panels is installed on the concerned A/C.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 478

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 479

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued) CONT'D
To identify the actual panel, the modification numbers indicated at the bottom of the page have to be compared with the service bulletin/modification list, located at the beginning of chapter 53-20-00. The purpose is to check their effectivity in terms of Manufacturer Serial Number (MSN).

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 480

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 481

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued) CONT'D
The view D of panel on figure 1, sheet 5 is valid after Modifications (MODs) 27117P5234 or 2729P5353. Checking the Modification / SB List at the beginning of chapter 53-20-00, MSN 2057 doesn't appear in this list of MSN proposed for each of the modification. So the panel installed on the A/C is a basic version, then, refer to view D figure 1, sheet 3.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 482

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 483

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued) CONT'D
The damage is located between Fr 25 and 26, and is located between the fourth and the fifth stringer from Stgr 18 LH (longitudinal skin joint reference). This information can be reported onto the illustration and gives: - the material thickness of the area (code B, giving 1.4 mm (0.055 in)), - the stringer location: the damage is located between Stgr 22LH and 23LH.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 484

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 485

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued) MAPPING (FINALIZATION)
The damage mapping can now be completed with the stringer numbers and the nominal skin thickness in the dented area. The damage assessment using the allowable damage page block is the next step.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 486

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - MAPPING (FINALIZATION)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 487

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT GENERAL
To start the damage assessment refer to the page block 101 of the relevant chapter/section (53-21-11), and start to read carefully the procedure. A special attention shall be paid to the notes and cautions.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 488

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - GENERAL


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 489

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) WEIGHT VARIANT
A caution note indicates that the allowable damage effectivity per A/C weight variant may have to be verified. The weight variant is a criterion which is defined for each model of A/C and depending on its Maximum Take Off Weight (MTWO), Maximum Landing Weight (MLW), Maximum Zero Fuel Weight (MSFW). The allowable damage limits are defined per weight variant and for a same model. The weight variant can change, depending on the modification or Service Bulletin (SB) embodiment status. The actual weight variant of the affected A/C has to be known before starting the assessment. Because of the modifications, which could be embodied on the A/C, only the airline engineering department shall give you this information. The actual weight variant shall be compared with the data given in a table at the beginning of allowable damage related paragraph.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 490

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - WEIGHT VARIANT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 491

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) DAMAGE CRITERIA
A second caution note indicates that in some cases, an inspection may be required to check for crack, even if the damage is determined as being allowable.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 492

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 493

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
Check the applicability of the allowable damage for dents.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 494

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 495

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
To keep on with the damage assessment procedure, a note asks the operator to refer to the damage criteria table 101.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 496

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 497

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
The allowable damage description/criteria table (101), shows two types of dents: - dent* referring to paragraph 4B, - dent ** referring to paragraph 4C. Note that an Inspection Instruction Reference (IIR) is indicated for dents*. The first step is to define which paragraph is applicable to reported dent. Dents are considered as fulfilling nearness/form criterion or out of nearness/form criterion, in accordance with their geometry and their proximity to the nearest adjacent internal structure elements. This must be determined according to the parameters defined in figure 104.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 498

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 499

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
To define whether the dent fulfils or not the nearness/form criterion, two criteria have to be checked: - the first criterion consists in checking the smallest distance measured from the dent edge to any fastener row (frame, stringer) distance B. This distance should be minimum 15 mm (0.59 in), - the second criterion consists in comparing the depth of the dent (D) with the smallest distance measured from the deepest point of the dent to the closest adjacent structure (distance A). The depth of the dent should be maximum 10% of the distance A. If one of these criteria is not met, the dent **, and thus paragraph 4C (dent not fulfilling criteria) should be taken to keep on with paragraph 4B.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 500

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 501

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
The second criterion consists in comparing the depth of the dent (D) with the smallest distance, measured from the deepest point of the dent to the closest adjacent structure (distance A). If no access from inside, the measurement is taken from outside, from the deepest point of the dent to the closest fastener row (distance X). The distance A will become distance X - 15 mm, which is the average considered edge margin.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 502

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 503

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
Check for the first criterion to be fulfilled. B distance : minimum 15 mm. The smallest distance measured between the edge of the dent and the surrounding fastener rows is 29 mm, which is higher than 15 mm. The first criterion is met.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 504

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 505

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
Check for the second criterion to be fulfilled: the depth of the dent should be maximum 10% of the distance A. The distance measurement has been done from outside: the smallest distance between the deepest point of the dent and the surrounding fastener row is 66 mm. Since measured from outside, distance A = 66 mm - 15 mm = 51 mm; 10% of A = 5.1 mm. The second criterion is also fulfilled since the depth of the dent (D = 4.5 mm) is smaller than 10% of A.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 506

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 507

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
The dent fulfils "nearness/form criterion", then refer to paragraph 4.B.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 508

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 509

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
As mentioned in a caution at the beginning of the allowable damage pages, the allowable damage applicability have to be checked, using the weight variant table (table 102) given at the beginning of the paragraph. The information coming from the airline-engineering department shows that the MSN 2057 is at weight variant 001. Checking the table 102, weight variant 001 is included in, and thus the following allowable damage information can be used.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 510

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 511

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
Compare the dents in accordance with diagram 103.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 512

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 513

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM
The skin thickness in the dented area, and the depth of the dent, are the keys to get into to diagram. You must refer to the data collected before (damage mapping).

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 514

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 515

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM (CONT'D)
The skin thickness in the dented area is 1.4 mm (found in the identification pages). The depth of the dent is 4.5mm (measured from the A/C damage mapping). These two values are plotted onto the diagram, which defines a point. The area where this point is located defines the subsequent actions to be performed. For the concerned dent, the actions to be performed are as follow: "check damage for cracks by detailed visual examination. If clear, repair within 3000 FC". Provided that no crack is detected by detailed visual inspection, the dent is considered as an allowable damage with a time limit (temporary allowable damage). The A/C can be released. But a repair will have to be done before 3000 Flight Cycles (FC).

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 516

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 517

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this example is to present you the complete procedure to be followed when a damage is discovered, from the damage mapping draft to the final structure damage assessment. This example was chosen as it represents one of the more usual types of damage on the A/C and enables to make an in depth investigation with all the different stages.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 518

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

INTRODUCTION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 519

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGE
The damage is located onto the fuselage skin, thus, all the information regarding the identification of the part, allowable damage and repair, if any, are to be found within the chapter 53 of the SRM. All the information regarding the damage classification or the rework, if any, are to be found within SRM chapter 51. The applicable damage is a scratch with no visible crack. At this stage: take visual reference to facilitate damage location. Such as, a forward or an aft passenger door, or a cargo door, above or below the cabin floor level at stringer (Stgr) 23, near a longitudinal or circumferential skin joint, etc... If the scratch is near a rivet row, an internal visual inspection is required to determine whether the internal structure (frame, stringer, etc...) is also damaged or not.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 520

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 521

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


MAPPING
Using the SRM 51-11-13 as a guide, the maximum information should be taken from the A/C before starting any assessment. (measurement and location of the maximum depth, distance of rework edges to the nearest fastener rows, existing closest skin joints or any other visible structure that will help in the detailed location of the damage, etc...).

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 522

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAPPING
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 523

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued) CONT'D
Using the data collected from the A/C, the mapping should be completed by determining the exact location (in terms of frame numbers and stringer numbers). For this purpose refer to the beginning of chapter 53 - fuselage.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 524

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAPPING - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 525

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued) CONT'D
The illustration of chapter 53-00-00 enables the operator to determine the circumferential skin joints related frame numbers.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 526

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAPPING - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 527

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued) CONT'D
Using the frame identification illustration of chapter 53-00-00, and the data collected during the damage mapping, the frames surrounding the damage can be determined. According to the mapping information, the damage is located between the first and the second frame after the circumferential joint located at frame (Fr) 64. Consequently the damage is located between Fr 62 and 63.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 528

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAPPING - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 529

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued) CONT'D
To complete the damage location, the stringers surrounding the damage also need to be determined. For this purpose, the "General Panel Identification" illustrations, proposed within chapter 53-00-00 can be used. According to the data collected on the A/C and the location of the damage from the existing longitudinal skin joints, the affected panel can be determined. For this example, the damage is located on panel 8 - lower side shell - located between Stgr 18 & 32, and Fr 47 & 64.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 530

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAPPING - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 531

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued) CONT'D
The collected information can be reported onto the damage mapping. The damage is located between Fr 62 and 63. The stringer number corresponds to the longitudinal skin joint from which the damage has been located. Nevertheless, the exact stringer numbers surrounding the damage need to be confirmed. For this purpose, the information provided in the identification page block of the concerned panel has to be used.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 532

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAPPING - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 533

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION
The "Fuselage Section Division" illustration of chapter 53-00-00 used before, enables the definition of the affected section: rear fuselage section 17 - chapter 53-40-00". The general illustration of 53-40-00 identifies the main structural arrangement of the forward fuselage. The skin plates are part of the main structure covered by the section 53-41-00.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 534

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 535

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued) CONT'D
Following SRM 53-41-00 guidelines, the figure shows that the skin panels (skin plates) are item number 5. The illustration associated nomenclature informs us that the full identification of the skin panels (skin plates) are covered by SRM 53-41-11.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 536

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 537

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued) CONT'D
All skin panels (plates) of the forward fuselage are listed within the nomenclature located at the front page of SRM 53-41-11. Using the information collected before (affected panel : lower side panel - left, between Fr 47 & 64 and Stgr 18 & 32), the nomenclature provides the figure number we have to refer to: "Skin plates - LWR parts LH Fr 47 to Fr 64: Refer To Figure 6".

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 538

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 539

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued) CONT'D
The figure 6, identifies two different panels configurations (view A and B): - the view A applies to the basic version of the skin panel, - the view B applies to the evolution of the skin panel. So, there are two different panel configurations illustrated, showing the basic version of the panel and an other possible version effective after the embodiment of production modification(s). The modification numbers are indicated at the bottom of the page. The next step of the investigation is to define which of these panels is installed on the concerned A/C.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 540

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 541

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued) CONT'D
To identify the actual panel, the modification numbers indicated at the bottom of the page have to be compared with the service bulletin/modification list (located at the beginning of chapter 53-40-00). In this list, the effectivity in terms of Manufacturer Serial Number (MSN) has to be checked.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 542

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 543

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued) CONT'D
The view B of the panel on figure 1, sheet 5 is valid after Modifications (MODs) 21468K1489A, 22083K2232B, 24958K4082D or 31012K7082. Checking the Modification/Service Bulletin (SB) List at the beginning of chapter 53-40-00, it appears that our MSN (2042) is in this list of MSN proposed for the MOD number 31012K7082. So, the panel installed on the A/C is a modified version, then refer to view B figure 6, sheet 2.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 544

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 545

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued) CONT'D
The damage is located between Fr 62 and 63, and is located between the sixth and the eighth stringer from Stgr 18 (longitudinal skin joint reference). This information can be reported onto the illustration and gives: - the material thickness of the area (code C, giving 1.6 mm (0.063 in), - the stringer location: the damage is located between Stgr 23LH and 25LH.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 546

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 547

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued) MAPPING (FINALIZATION)
The damage mapping can now be completed with the stringer numbers and the nominal skin thickness in the scratched area. The damage assessment using the allowable damage page block is the next step.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 548

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - MAPPING (FINALIZATION)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 549

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT
To start the damage assessments refer to the page block 101 of the relevant chapter/section (53-41-11). And start to read carefully the procedure. A special attention shall be paid to the notes and cautions.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 550

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 551

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) DAMAGE CRITERIA
Read carefully all the cautions, they could give you information on the assessment. A second caution note indicates that in some cases, an inspection may be required to check for crack, even if the damage is determined as being allowable.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 552

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 553

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
In the allowable damage description/criteria table (101), the paragraph 4A has to be acknowledged for reworks.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 554

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 555

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
Check the applicability of the allowable damage for reworks.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 556

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 557

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) WEIGHT VARIANT
A caution note indicates that the allowable damage effectivity per A/C weight variant may have to be verified. The weight variant is a criterion, which is defined for each model of A/C and depending on its Maximum Take Off Weight (MTOW), Maximum Landing Weight (MLW), and Maximum Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW). The allowable damage limits are defined per weight variant and for a same model. The weight variant can change depending on modification or SB embodiment status. The actual weight variant of the affected A/C has to be known before starting the assessment. Because of the modifications, which could be embodied on the A/C, only the airline-engineering department shall give you this information. The actual weight variant shall be compared with the data given in a table in introduction pages.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 558

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - WEIGHT VARIANT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 559

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) WEIGHT VARIANT (CONT'D)
As mentioned in a caution at the beginning of the allowable damage pages, the allowable damage applicability has to be checked, using the weight variant exclusion table (table 4) given at the introduction of the SRM. The information coming from the airline-engineering department shows that the MSN 2042 is at weight variant 010. Checking the table 4, the weight variant 010 is included in and thus, the following allowable damage information can be used.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 560

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - WEIGHT VARIANT (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 561

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
Two diagrams are given, one for riveted areas and one for unriveted areas.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 562

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 563

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
The parameters of the rework have to be determined to be sure that we are dealing with the correct diagram.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 564

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 565

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
To determine which diagram to use, we have to check if the damage is located in a riveted area. A riveted area extends from less than 15 mm (0.590 in) all around a rivet. In the applicable damage, the riveted area and the unriveted area have to be acknowledged. The maximum depths of the scratch in riveted and unriveted areas have to be acknowledged too.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 566

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 567

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
To be allowable, the rework width has to be equal or longer than forty times the depth.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 568

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 569

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
To complete the diagram, the maximum depth of the rework has to be expressed as a percentage of the damaged skin thickness. Those two values (found before) are plotted onto the diagram, which defines a point. The area where this point is located defines the subsequent actions to be performed.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 570

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 571

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
Check for the first criterion to be fulfilled: the width of the damage must be at least 40 x T. The depth of the depression in the riveted area is 0.2 mm; 40*0.2 = 8 mm. The width of the depression is 18.5 mm, which is higher than 8 mm. So, the first criterion is met.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 572

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 573

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
To complete the diagram, the maximum depth of the rework in the riveted area has to be expressed as a percentage of the damaged skin thickness.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 574

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 575

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) ALLOWABLE REWORK DIAGRAM
The depth of the rework as percentage of the skin thickness in unriveted area, and the length of the rework, are the key to get into to diagram. You must refer to the data collected before. These two values are plotted onto the diagram, which defines a point. The area where this point is located defines the subsequent actions to be performed. For the concerned rework, read the note: "Check damage for cracks. Remove damage up to depression depth "T" (section view). Renew surface protection and repair after 50 flights at the latest". Provided that no crack is detected by detailed visual inspection, the rework is considered as an allowable damage with a time limit (temporary allowable damage). The A/C can be released. But a repair will have to be done before 50 flights.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 576

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - ALLOWABLE REWORK DIAGRAM


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 577

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) ALLOWABLE REWORK DIAGRAM (CONT'D)
This diagram enables to determine if the damage is allowable, and the condition of allowability.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 578

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - ALLOWABLE REWORK DIAGRAM (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 579

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - CONCLUSION
In the allowable example, two assessments have been done, the more restrictive one has to be acknowledged. So, the damage has to be checked for cracks, damage up to depression depth has to be removed, the surface has to be renewed and the A/C has to be repaired after 50 flights at the latest.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 580

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - CONCLUSION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 581

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this example is to present you, the complete procedure to be followed when a damage is discovered, from the damage mapping draft to the final structure damage assessment. This example was chosen as it represents one of the more usual types of damage on the A/C and enables to make an in depth investigation with all the different stages.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 582

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

INTRODUCTION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 583

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGE
The damage is located onto the fuselage skin, thus, all the information regarding the identification of the part, allowable damage and repair, if any, are to be found within chapter 53 of the SRM. Information concerning the damage classification and reporting are to be found within SRM chapter 51-11-00. The applicable damage is a scratch with no visible crack. At this stage: take visual reference to facilitate damage location. Such as, forward or an aft passengers door, or a cargo door, above or below cabin floor level at stringer (Stgr) 23, near a longitudinal or circumferential joint, etc...). If the scratch is near a rivet row, an internal visual inspection is required to determine whether the internal structure (frame, stringer, etc...) is also damaged or not.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 584

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 585

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


MAPPING DRAFT
Using the SRM 51-11-13 as a guide, the maximum information should be taken from the A/C before starting any assessment (measurement and location of the maximum depth, distance from dent edges to the nearest fastener rows, existing closest skin joints or any other visible structure that will help in the detailed location of the damage, etc...). The damage is located onto the fuselage skin, thus, all the information regarding the identification of the part, allowable damage and repair, if any, are to be found within the chapter 53 of the SRM. NOTE: on the affected panel, there are no stringer rivet rows, thus, stringers, if any, should be welded onto the skin: it is not possible to identify the stringer references. As a consequence, it is necessary to measure the distance from a longitudinal skin joint to the dent maximum depth, in order to get a reference for the location of the dent. This reference will be compared with the welded stringer references coming from the SRM, page blocks 101 and 201 (see next pages).
U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 586

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAPPING - DRAFT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 587

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued) CIRCUMFERENTIAL SKIN JOINT IDENTIFICATION
The illustration of the chapter 53-00-00 enables the operator to determine the circumferential joints related frame numbers. In the given example, the damage is located in the aft center fuselage section, with the circumferential skin joints at Fr 47/54 and Fr 64.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 588

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAPPING - CIRCUMFERENTIAL SKIN JOINT IDENTIFICATION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 589

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued) CIRCUMFERENTIAL SKIN JOINT IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)
Using the frame identification illustration of chapter 53-00-00, and the data collected during the damage mapping, the frames surrounding the damage can be determined. According to the mapping information, the damage is located between the fourth and the fifth frame before the circumferential skin joint located at frame (Fr) 64. Consequently the damage is located between Fr 59 and 60.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 590

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAPPING - CIRCUMFERENTIAL SKIN JOINT IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 591

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued) LONGITUDINAL SKIN JOINT AND PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)
To complete the damage location, the stringers surrounding the damage also need to be determined. For this purpose, the "General Panel Identification" illustrations, proposed within chapter 53-00-00, can be used. According to the data collected on the A/C and the location of the damage from the existing longitudinal skin joints, the affected panel can be determined. For this example, the damage is located on panel 5 - lower side shell - located between Stgr 32 LH and 41 RH, and Fr 47/54 and 64. As seen before, this panel is a welded skin/stringer panel, thus, refer to page block 101 to determine the stringers position.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 592

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAPPING - LONGITUDINAL SKIN JOINT AND PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 593

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued) WELDED STRINGERS POSITION
First, refer to the page block 101 of the relevant chapter/section (53-41-11) and start to read carefully the procedure. Refer to the allowable damage description/criteria table to find the concerned paragraph (4F): "Fuselage Skin Plates Fr 47 / 54 Thru Fr 64 Between Stgr 32 LH and Stgr 41 RH (Welded Panel)".

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 594

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAPPING - WELDED STRINGERS POSITION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 595

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued) WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)
Read the notes within the relevant paragraph to find information about the definition and determination of undisturbed skin (unwelded and unriveted).

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 596

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAPPING - WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 597

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued) WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)
This figure shows how unwelded and unriveted areas, welded areas, riveted areas and coupling areas are defined. Two methods of measurement are given, we look at measurement from outside, a flag refers to SRM chapter 53-41-11 page block 201 to get stringer positions on a welded panel.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 598

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAPPING - WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 599

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued) WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)
This diagram provides the distances from the lap joint 41RH to all welded stringers, at each frame location. Therefore a new mapping is required. The distance from the lap joint (Stgr 41RH) to the dent maximum depth (at Fr 60) becomes 825 mm.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 600

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAPPING - WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 601

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued) WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)
This distance (825 mm) must be compared with the distances from the lap joint 41RH to the welded stringers, to locate the dent.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 602

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAPPING - WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 603

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued) WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)
We conclude that the dent is located between Stgr 40 and 41LH and it is now possible to finalize the draft (see next page).

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 604

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAPPING - WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 605

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION
The "fuselage section division" illustration of chapter 53-00-00 used before enables the definition of the affected section: aft center fuselage, part of rear fuselage - section 16/17 - chapter 53-40-00. The general illustration of the chapter 53-40-00 identifies the main structural arrangement of the rear fuselage. The skin plates are part of the main structure covered by the section 53-41-00.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 606

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 607

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued) DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)
Following SRM 53-41-00 guidelines, the figure shows that the skin panels (skin plates) are item number 5. The identification table informs us that the full identification of the skin panels (skin plates) are covered by SRM 53-41-11.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 608

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 609

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued) DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)
The identification table of SRM 53-41-11 refers to the figure 3 sheet 2 for the skin panel located between Fr 58A & Fr 64, and Stgr 41RH & Stgr 32LH.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 610

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 611

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued) DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)
The damaged panel is illustrated onto two sheets. According to the figure 3 sheet 1, the damaged panel is item number 1.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 612

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 613

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued) DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)
There is no modification associated to item 1 thus: it is the basic panel. No other item/Part Number (P/N) with associated Modification (MOD)/Service Bulletins (SB) status is available in the nomenclature table so, the skin panel of MSN 2218 is the Part Number (P/N) D53479410202.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 614

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 615

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued) DETERMINATION OF SKIN THICKNESS IN DENTED AREA
The damage is located between Fr 59 & 60, and Stgr 40LH & 41LH. This information can be reported onto the illustration and gives the skin thickness in the dented area (code B, giving 1.6 mm (0.063 in)).

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 616

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - DETERMINATION OF SKIN THICKNESS IN DENTED AREA


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 617

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued) MAPPING (FINALIZATION)
The damage mapping can now be completed with the stringer numbers and the nominal skin thickness in the dented area. As the mapping is at scale 1:1, we can measure the distance between Stgr 40LH and the deepest point of the dent (59 mm), and the distance between Stgr 40 and the edge of the dent (49 mm). The damage assessment using the allowable damage page block 101 is the next step.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 618

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - MAPPING (FINALIZATION)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 619

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT GENERAL
To start the damage assessments refer to the page block 101 of the relevant chapter/section (53-41-11), and start to read carefully the procedure. A special attention shall be paid to the notes and cautions.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 620

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - GENERAL


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 621

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) WEIGHT VARIANT
In the relevant paragraph 4F (fuselage skin plates Fr 47/54 thru Fr 64 between Stgr 32 LH and Stgr 41 RH (welded panel)), a caution note indicates that the allowable damage effectivity per A/C weight variant may have to be verified.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 622

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - WEIGHT VARIANT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 623

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) WEIGHT VARIANT (CONT'D)
The weight variant is a criterion which is defined for each model of A/C and depending on its Maximum Take Off Weight (MTOW), Maximum Landing Weight (MLW), and Maximum Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW). The allowable damage limits are defined per weight variant and, for a same model, the weight variant can change, depending on modification or SB embodiment status. The current weight variant of the affected A/C has to be known before starting the assessment. If the A/C weight variant is not within the table, a damage report has to be sent to Airbus. Depending on SB/Mod since A/C delivery, only the airline-engineering department is able to give you the current A/C weight variant. The current weight variant shall be compared with the data given in a table at the beginning of allowable damage related paragraph.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 624

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - WEIGHT VARIANT (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 625

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) DAMAGE CRITERIA
A second caution note indicates that in some cases, an inspection program has to be followed.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 626

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 627

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
Check the applicability of the allowable damage for dents.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 628

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 629

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
Refer to paragraph 4F for dents. Dents are considered as fulfilling nearness/form criterion or out of nearness/form criterion in accordance with their geometry and their proximity to the nearest adjacent internal structure elements. This must be determined according to the parameters defined in figure 114 and diagram 102.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 630

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 631

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) AREA OF RIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE
In areas of riveted substructure, to define whether the dent fulfils nearness/form criterion, two criteria have to be checked. Refer to figure 114 sheet 1. B must be at least 15 mm, where B is the smallest distance measured from the dent edge to any fastener row or any cutout. D must be maximum 10 % of A, where D is the maximum depth of the dent and A is the smallest distance measured from D point to the closest adjacent structure.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 632

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - AREA OF RIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 633

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) AREA OF RIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE (CONT'D)
Check whether the first criterion is fulfilled: B distance is minimum 15 mm. The smallest distance measured between the edge of the dent and the surrounding fastener rows is 95 mm, which is higher than 15 mm. The first criterion is met.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 634

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - AREA OF RIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 635

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) AREA OF RIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE (CONT'D)
The second criterion consists in comparing the maximum depth of the dent (D) with the smallest distance measured from the deepest point of the dent to the closest adjacent structure (distance A). If no access from inside, the measurement is taken from outside. In this case, A is X-15 mm, where X is the distance between the deepest point and the closest fastener row.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 636

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - AREA OF RIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 637

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) AREA OF RIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE (CONT'D)
Check whether the second criterion is fulfilled: D less or equal to 10 % of A. The depth of the dent should be maximum 10% of the distance A. The smallest distance between the deepest point of the dent and the surrounding fastener rows is 221 mm. Since measured from outside, distance A = 221 mm - 15 mm = 206 mm. The second criterion is met: D = 3 mm is smaller than 10 % of A.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 638

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - AREA OF RIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 639

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) AREA OF UNRIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE
In areas of unriveted substructure, to define whether the dent fulfils the nearness/form criterion, two criteria have to be checked. Refer to figure 114 sheet 2. Dent should be out of the welded area. D is maximum 10 % of A, where D is the maximum depth of the dent and A is the distance measured from D point to the boundary of the welded area. Figure 114 sheet 2 informs us to refer to figure 115 for welded areas.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 640

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - AREA OF UNRIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 641

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) DEFINITION OF AREAS (CONT'D)
This figure defines that a welded area is delimited by 25 mm up and down the stringer.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 642

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DEFINITION OF AREAS (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 643

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) AREA OF UNRIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE (CONT'D)
The welded area of 50 mm width has been reported on the mapping; the first criterion is fulfilled as the dent is out of the welded area. Check whether the second criteria is fulfilled: D 10 % A. The dent fulfils both nearness form/criterion for unriveted area and riveted area, thus continue the damage assessment.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 644

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - AREA OF UNRIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 645

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
As mentioned in a caution at the beginning of the allowable damage pages, the allowable damage applicability have to be checked, using the weight variant table (table 107) given at the beginning of the paragraph. The information coming from the airline-engineering department shows that the MSN 2218 is at weight variant 004. Since the weight variant 004 is within table 107, continue the damage assessment.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 646

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 647

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
Before starting comparing the dents in accordance with diagram 102 as mentioned in paragraph 2, read the paragraph 3. We have checked that the dent is out of riveted areas and welded areas, if we look at figure 115 we see that the dent is also out of coupling areas.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 648

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 649

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM
The key to the allowable damage diagram is the skin thickness in dented area and the dent depth. You must refer to the data collected before (damage mapping). The diagram is associated to requirements already checked at an early stage.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 650

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 651

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued) ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM (CONT'D)
The skin thickness in the dented area is 1.6 mm (found in the identification pages). The depth of the dent is 4 mm (measured from the A/C-damage mapping). These two values are plotted onto the diagram, which defines a point. The area where this point is located defines the subsequent actions to be performed. For the concerned dent read the note: "Check Damage For Cracks By Detailed Visual Examination. If Clear, repair Within 3000 FC". Provided that no crack is detected by detailed visual inspection, the dent is considered as an allowable damage with a time limit (temporary allowable damage). The A/C can be released. But a repair will have to be done before 3000 Flight Cycles (FC). If cracked, contact Airbus or repair before next flight.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 652

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 653

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)


SOURCES OF DAMAGE
Throughout its operational life, the aircraft structure is subjected to different types of damage: - fatigue damage (cracking), - accidental damage (e.g. bird impact, ground handling,...), - deteriorations due to environmental and operating conditions (lightning strike, corrosion, ...).

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 654

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

SOURCES OF DAMAGE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 655

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)


SOURCES OF DAMAGE (continued) DAMAGE DETECTION/PREVENTION
Concerning fatigue damage, the aircraft is designed and justified, to be free of significant fatigue cracking during its Design Service Goal (DSG). The scheduled structure inspection programs are prepared to detect any fatigue cracking before it reaches a critical length. Inspections for corrosion are also part of the scheduled maintenance program. Nevertheless, the maximum protection schemes and attention is paid to protect the aircraft structure against known environmental aggressions. In addition, the basic protections should be kept in good conditions and some basic precautions should also be considered.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 656

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

SOURCES OF DAMAGE - DAMAGE DETECTION/PREVENTION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 657

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)


SURFACE PROTECTIONS
- the material, - the function, - the location.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 658

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

SURFACE PROTECTIONS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 659

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)


SURFACE PROTECTIONS (continued) PROTECTIVE TREATMENT AREAS - FUSELAGE
- difficult access, and/or high risk of accidental damage.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 660

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

SURFACE PROTECTIONS - PROTECTIVE TREATMENT AREAS - FUSELAGE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 661

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)


SURFACE PROTECTIONS (continued) TYPE OF PROTECTIVE TREATMENTS
- Type 2 - heavy-duty corrosion preventive compound: grease-like coatings containing corrosion inhibitors which protect against corrosive agents.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 662

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

SURFACE PROTECTIONS - TYPE OF PROTECTIVE TREATMENTS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 663

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)


SEALANTS SEALING IN TYPICAL FUSELAGE AREAS
In some specified areas of the aircraft, for example the lower shell, a protective layer is put on the sealant. This layer makes sure that other materials (for example, fuel, hydraulic oil, engine oil and waste fluids from the toilets and galleys) do not cause a deterioration of the sealant.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 664

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

SEALANTS - SEALING IN TYPICAL FUSELAGE AREAS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 665

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)


SEALANTS (continued) SEALING IN TYPICAL FUEL TANK AREAS
In the fuel tanks, the sealant is used to prevent fuel leaks and corrosion of the fuel tank.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 666

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

SEALANTS - SEALING IN TYPICAL FUEL TANK AREAS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 667

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)


DRAINAGE
- special drain valves installed in those parts of the fuselage and which are pressurized in flight. The drain holes and drain valves are usually at the lowest part of the fuselage. It is important that any unwanted liquids get to the drain holes or valves. The structure of the lower fuselage is constructed so that a path is given for these liquids. When you do a repair, make sure that you keep this path free of unwanted materials.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 668

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

DRAINAGE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 669

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)


COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION COMPOSITE DAMAGES
Composite structures can be damaged by lightning strikes or handling operations. The environmental conditions may be the source of damage like rain, dust. The structure can also be affected by impact of foreign objects or birds for example. At the design stage, the structure has the maximum protection against these different sources of damage.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 670

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION - COMPOSITE DAMAGES


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 671

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)


COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION (continued) LIGHTNING STRIKE PROTECTION
- Zone 3: this zone includes all of the aircraft surfaces that are not in Zone 1 and 2. In Zone 3, there is a low probability of attachment of a lightning strike. However, high lightning currents can go through Zone 3 by direct conduction between two attachment points. Zone 3 currents will also go into Zones 1 and 2.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 672

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION - LIGHTNING STRIKE PROTECTION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 673

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)


COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION (continued) RADOME
This AMM extract deals with an example of lightning strike protection in Zone 1, the radome. The radome is a sandwich structure with quartz fiber skins; it is protected using copper straps on the external surface, and bonding braids connecting the aluminum alloy frame to the fuselage structure.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 674

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION - RADOME


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 675

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)


COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION (continued) ELEVATORS AND RUDDER
This second example shows the lightning strike protection of the elevators and rudder trailing edges and tip, which are also located in Zone 1. The elevators and the rudder are basically carbon fiber structures. Their trailing edges are made of an aluminum alloy profile and their tips are also made of aluminum alloy.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 676

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION - ELEVATORS AND RUDDER


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 677

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)


COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION (continued) ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY
The Nose Landing Gear doors are located in Zone 2. Their protection and the electrical continuity is achieved using a metallic grid installed at the manufacturing stage on the top of the composite layers. Note that in most cases, this grid should be restored when damaged, as per the Structural Repair Manual (SRM) procedures.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 678

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION - ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 679

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)


COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION (continued) HANDLING OF COMPOSITE STRUCTURES
To keep composite structures in good and serviceable conditions, the operator should avoid any damage during handling and/or maintenance operations (such as chopped tools, take care of no step areas, ...). Chemical strippers are not authorized on composite structures (the resin system may be deteriorated). The protection like paint schemes and special layers (e.g. tedlar layers on inside surfaces) should be kept in good condition. The drying of composites is also essential before hot bonding repair operations.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 680

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION - HANDLING OF COMPOSITE STRUCTURES


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 681

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)


COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION (continued) ENVIRONMENTAL & IMPACT PROTECTION
The impact protection of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) leading edge is achieved by a metallic cover plate.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 682

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION - ENVIRONMENTAL & IMPACT PROTECTION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 683

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)


COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION (continued) ENVIRONMENTAL & IMPACT PROTECTION (CONT'D)
- titanium fasteners.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 684

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION - ENVIRONMENTAL & IMPACT PROTECTION (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006 Page 685

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)


SESSION OBJECTIVES SESSION SET-UP DAMAGE ASSESSMENT PROCEDURE IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGE DETAILED IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGED PART ALLOWABLE DAMAGE-GENERAL DAMAGE CRITERIA ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM USAGE/FINAL DECISION CONCLUSION DAMAGE LOCATION

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5121000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 686

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5121000000001

SESSION OBJECTIVES ... DAMAGE LOCATION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006 Page 687

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)


MAPPING DRAFT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5121000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 688

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5121000000001

MAPPING - DRAFT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006 Page 689

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)


MAPPING (continued) FINALIZATION

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5121000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 690

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5121000000001

MAPPING - FINALIZATION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006 Page 691

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)


ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5121000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 692

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5121000000001

ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006 Page 693

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)


SESSION OBJECTIVES SESSION SET-UP DAMAGE ASSESSMENT PROCEDURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION/LOCATION DETAILED IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGED PART ALLOWABLE DAMAGE - GENERAL APPLICABLE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM ALLOWABLE SCRATCH DIAGRAM USAGE/FINAL DECISION CONCLUSION DAMAGE LOCATION

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5122000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 694

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5122000000001

SESSION OBJECTIVES ... DAMAGE LOCATION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006 Page 695

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)


MAPPING DRAFT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5122000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 696

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5122000000001

MAPPING - DRAFT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006 Page 697

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)


MAPPING (continued) FINALIZATION

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5122000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 698

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5122000000001

MAPPING - FINALIZATION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006 Page 699

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)


ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5122000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)

May 10, 2006 Page 700

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5122000000001

ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006 Page 701

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3)


SESSION OBJECTIVES SESSION SET-UP DAMAGE ASSESSMENT PROCEDURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION STRINGERS LOCATION DETAILED IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGED PART ALLOWABLE DAMAGE - GENERAL DAMAGE CRITERIA CONCLUSION DAMAGE LOCATION

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5123000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3)

May 10, 2006 Page 702

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5123000000001

SESSION OBJECTIVES ... DAMAGE LOCATION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3) May 10, 2006 Page 703

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3)


MAPPING DRAFT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5123000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3)

May 10, 2006 Page 704

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5123000000001

MAPPING - DRAFT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3) May 10, 2006 Page 705

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3)


MAPPING (continued) RESULT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5123000000001

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3)

May 10, 2006 Page 706

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5123000000001

MAPPING - RESULT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 51 - STRUCTURE A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3) May 10, 2006 Page 707

AIRBUS S.A.S. 31707 BLAGNAC cedex, FRANCE STM REFERENCE U3U06191 MAY 2006 PRINTED IN FRANCE AIRBUS S.A.S. 2006 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED AN EADS JOINT COMPANY WITH BAE SYSTEMS

You might also like